1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
75 \bibtex_command default
76 \index_command default
80 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
81 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
85 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
86 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
87 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
92 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
93 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
102 \paperorientation portrait
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes false
127 \output_changes false
128 \html_use_mathml true
143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
145 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
147 \begin_inset CommandInset href
149 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
160 \begin_inset Newline newline
164 \begin_inset Newline newline
168 \begin_inset Note Note
171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
172 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
173 \begin_inset Newline newline
178 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
186 \begin_layout Standard
187 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
188 LatexCommand tableofcontents
195 \begin_layout Chapter
199 \begin_layout Section
203 \begin_layout Standard
204 LyX is a document preparation system.
205 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
206 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
207 It is unlike most other
208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
215 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
217 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
233 pt type, left justified, 5
234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
242 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
246 \begin_layout Standard
247 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
260 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
264 \begin_layout Standard
266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
277 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
278 the format of all of the manuals.
279 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
280 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 \begin_layout Section
301 \begin_layout Standard
302 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
304 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
305 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
311 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
312 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
314 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
315 only a vertical scrollbar.
316 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
317 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
318 This, however, is due
319 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
320 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
321 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
322 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
324 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
325 this doesn't work for equations yet.
328 \begin_layout Standard
329 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
337 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
342 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
343 ing sections of this documentation.
346 \begin_layout Section
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
356 of the manuals from inside LyX.
357 Just select the manual you want read from the
364 \begin_layout Section
366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
368 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
375 \begin_layout Standard
376 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
377 without resorting to configuration files.
378 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
379 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
380 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_inset Index idx
388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
395 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
396 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
401 \begin_inset space \space{}
404 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
405 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
407 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
411 \begin_inset Index idx
414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
415 Reconfiguration of LyX
420 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
423 \begin_layout Section
425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
427 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
434 \begin_layout Standard
435 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
436 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
459 that will be created when using the menu
461 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
481 \begin_inset Note Note
484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
485 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
493 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
494 More about TeX Code is described in section
499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
501 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
505 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
512 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
522 \begin_inset Index idx
525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
526 Reconfiguration of LyX
534 \begin_layout Chapter
538 \begin_layout Section
539 Basic File Operations
540 \begin_inset Index idx
543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
552 \begin_layout Standard
557 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
558 in addition to some more advanced operations:
561 \begin_layout Itemize
565 \begin_inset Graphics
566 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
567 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
574 \begin_layout Itemize
592 \begin_layout Itemize
598 \begin_inset Graphics
599 filename ../images/file-open.png
600 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
607 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_inset Graphics
620 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
621 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
628 \begin_layout Itemize
638 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
662 \begin_layout Itemize
668 \begin_layout Itemize
674 \begin_layout Itemize
680 \begin_inset Graphics
681 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
682 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
759 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
760 space is just that — a big, blank space.
763 \begin_layout Standard
784 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
789 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
814 will reload the document from disk.
815 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
816 and want to restore it to the last save.
825 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
826 can identify them as your changes.
829 \begin_layout Section
830 Basic Editing Features
831 \begin_inset Index idx
834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
843 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
850 \begin_layout Standard
851 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
852 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
853 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
854 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
856 We'll start with cut and paste.
859 \begin_layout Standard
860 As you might expect, the
864 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
865 various other editing features.
866 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
870 \begin_layout Itemize
876 \begin_inset Graphics
877 filename ../images/cut.png
878 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
885 \begin_layout Itemize
891 \begin_inset Graphics
892 filename ../images/copy.png
893 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
900 \begin_layout Itemize
906 \begin_inset Graphics
907 filename ../images/paste.png
908 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
915 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
949 \begin_inset Graphics
950 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
951 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
959 \begin_layout Standard
960 The first three are self-explanatory.
961 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
962 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
971 keys also functions as the
976 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
977 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
982 to get back the lost text.
985 \begin_layout Standard
986 \begin_inset Index idx
989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
995 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1004 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1007 \begin_layout Standard
1010 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1012 \begin_inset space ~
1015 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1017 \begin_inset space ~
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1026 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1032 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1036 \begin_inset space ~
1041 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1042 will start a new paragraph.
1045 \begin_layout Standard
1046 \begin_inset Index idx
1049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1056 \begin_inset Index idx
1059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1073 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1091 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1096 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1099 \begin_inset space ~
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1113 button to skip the current word.
1117 \begin_inset space ~
1122 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1131 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1133 If the toggle is set, searching for
1134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1145 will not match the word
1146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 Match whole words only
1162 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1193 \begin_layout Standard
1194 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1195 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1197 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1202 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1209 \begin_layout Section
1211 \begin_inset Index idx
1214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1221 \begin_inset Index idx
1224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1231 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1233 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1240 \begin_layout Standard
1241 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1242 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1245 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1248 or the toolbar button
1249 \begin_inset Graphics
1250 filename ../images/undo.png
1251 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1255 to undo some mistake.
1256 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1258 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1261 or the toolbar button
1262 \begin_inset Graphics
1263 filename ../images/redo.png
1264 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1276 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1280 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1283 \begin_layout Standard
1284 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1293 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1294 This is a consequence of the 100
1295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1298 step undo limit, above.
1301 \begin_layout Standard
1310 work on almost everything in LyX.
1311 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1315 \begin_layout Section
1317 \begin_inset Index idx
1320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1329 \begin_layout Standard
1330 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1333 \begin_layout Enumerate
1338 \begin_layout Itemize
1343 once anywhere in the edit window.
1344 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1348 \begin_layout Enumerate
1353 \begin_layout Itemize
1359 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1362 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1365 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1368 \begin_layout Itemize
1369 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1371 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1378 \begin_layout Enumerate
1379 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1383 \begin_layout Standard
1384 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1385 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1389 \begin_layout Enumerate
1394 \begin_layout Standard
1399 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1404 \begin_layout Section
1406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1408 name "sec:Navigating"
1413 \begin_inset Index idx
1416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1425 \begin_layout Standard
1426 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1429 \begin_layout Itemize
1434 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1435 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1438 \begin_layout Itemize
1441 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1444 or the toolbar button
1445 \begin_inset Graphics
1446 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1447 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1454 \begin_layout Standard
1455 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1456 (TOC) that is described in section
1457 \begin_inset space ~
1461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1463 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1468 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1469 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1470 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1471 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1472 to the document, see section
1473 \begin_inset space ~
1477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1479 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1488 option sorts the current list, and the
1492 option keeps it in the current view state.
1493 Keeping means that when you have e.
1494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1498 \begin_inset space \space{}
1501 the subsections of section
1502 \begin_inset space ~
1505 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1506 \begin_inset space ~
1509 3, the subsections of section
1510 \begin_inset space ~
1513 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1518 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1519 \begin_inset space ~
1525 \begin_layout Standard
1527 \begin_inset space \space{}
1531 \begin_inset Graphics
1532 filename ../images/down.png
1533 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1538 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1543 \begin_inset space \space{}
1547 \begin_inset Graphics
1548 filename ../images/up.png
1549 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1554 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1558 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1560 So you can for example move section
1561 \begin_inset space ~
1565 \begin_inset space ~
1569 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1571 \begin_inset Graphics
1572 filename ../images/promote.png
1573 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1578 \begin_inset Graphics
1579 filename ../images/demote.png
1580 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1584 or the corresponding key bindings
1592 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1593 So you can for example make section
1594 \begin_inset space ~
1598 \begin_inset space ~
1602 \begin_inset space ~
1608 \begin_layout Standard
1610 \begin_inset Graphics
1611 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1612 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1617 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1618 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1619 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1620 go back to your last editing position.
1623 \begin_layout Section
1625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1635 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1640 \begin_inset Index idx
1643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1650 \begin_inset Index idx
1653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1684 \begin_layout Standard
1685 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1687 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1688 is used to propose completions.
1691 \begin_layout Standard
1692 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1693 there are completions available.
1694 You can then press the
1698 key to use this completion.
1699 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1700 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1701 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1711 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1714 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1716 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1719 by deselecting the option
1726 Automatic inline completion
1728 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1729 To accept this proposal, use the
1738 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1739 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1747 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1754 \begin_layout Section
1756 \begin_inset Index idx
1759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1766 \begin_inset Index idx
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1798 \begin_inset Index idx
1801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1832 \begin_layout Standard
1833 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1834 LyX's default is CUA.
1837 \begin_layout Standard
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1849 \begin_inset space ~
1870 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1874 \begin_layout Labeling
1875 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1879 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1880 LatexCommand nomenclature
1882 description "Tabulator key"
1888 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1889 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1890 \begin_inset space ~
1894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1896 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1903 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1907 , especially section
1908 \begin_inset space ~
1912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1914 reference "sub:Lists"
1920 If you're still confused, look in the
1927 \begin_layout Labeling
1928 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1932 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1933 LatexCommand nomenclature
1935 description "Escape key"
1942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1949 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1950 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1953 \begin_layout Labeling
1954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1960 \begin_inset space ~
1964 \begin_inset space ~
1971 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1972 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1976 \begin_layout Standard
1977 There are three modifier keys:
1980 \begin_layout Labeling
1981 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1999 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2000 LatexCommand nomenclature
2002 description "Control key"
2006 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2007 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2011 \begin_layout Itemize
2020 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2023 \begin_layout Itemize
2032 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2035 \begin_layout Itemize
2044 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2048 \begin_layout Labeling
2049 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2067 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2068 LatexCommand nomenclature
2070 description "Shift key"
2074 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2075 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2078 \begin_layout Labeling
2079 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2097 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2098 LatexCommand nomenclature
2100 description "Alt or Meta key"
2104 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2105 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2106 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2112 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2114 menu accelerator keys
2117 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2118 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2122 \begin_layout Standard
2123 For example, the sequence
2124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2130 \begin_inset space ~
2134 \begin_inset space ~
2140 \begin_inset space ~
2148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2167 \begin_inset space ~
2173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2183 \begin_layout Standard
2188 manual lists all other things bound to the
2196 \begin_layout Standard
2197 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2198 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2199 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2200 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2201 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2202 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2203 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2204 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2220 followed by a capital
2227 \begin_layout Standard
2228 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2230 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2235 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2238 as explained in sec.
2239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2245 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2252 \begin_layout Chapter
2254 \begin_inset Index idx
2257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2266 \begin_layout Section
2268 \begin_inset Index idx
2271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2280 \begin_layout Subsection
2284 \begin_layout Standard
2285 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2286 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2287 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2288 numbering schemes, and so on.
2289 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2290 and format the title of your document differently.
2293 \begin_layout Standard
2298 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2299 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2300 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2301 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2302 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2307 how to adjust their properties.
2310 \begin_layout Subsection
2312 \begin_inset Index idx
2315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2324 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2331 \begin_layout Standard
2332 You can select a class using the
2334 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2336 \begin_inset Index idx
2339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2348 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2356 \begin_layout Standard
2357 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Article for basic articles
2365 \begin_layout Description
2366 Report for basic reports
2369 \begin_layout Description
2370 Book for writing a book
2373 \begin_layout Description
2374 Letter for US-style letters
2377 \begin_layout Standard
2378 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2379 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2380 will include many of these.
2381 Here are some of the classes.
2382 , The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2384 Special Document Classes
2393 \begin_layout Description
2394 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2397 \begin_layout Description
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2413 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2417 \begin_layout Description
2418 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2419 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2420 There are three article layouts available.
2421 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2422 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2423 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2424 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2429 sequential numbering
2430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2433 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2434 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2435 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2436 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2439 \begin_layout Description
2440 Beamer Layout for presentations
2443 \begin_layout Description
2444 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2445 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2449 \begin_layout Description
2451 \begin_inset space ~
2454 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2457 \begin_layout Description
2458 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2461 \begin_layout Description
2464 Die TeXnische Komödie
2466 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2469 \begin_layout Description
2470 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2473 \begin_layout Description
2474 Foils Used to make transparencies
2477 \begin_layout Description
2478 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2483 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2487 \begin_layout Description
2488 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2489 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2492 \begin_layout Description
2493 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2502 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2509 \begin_layout Description
2514 LaTeX document class
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2521 \begin_layout Description
2526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2533 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2534 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2536 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 Slides Used to make transparencies
2543 \begin_layout Description
2545 \begin_inset space ~
2548 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2549 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2552 \begin_layout Description
2553 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2556 \begin_layout Description
2561 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2564 \begin_layout Standard
2565 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2567 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2572 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2573 of the document classes.
2576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2585 \begin_inset Index idx
2588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2597 \begin_layout Standard
2598 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2599 in the chosen document class.
2600 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2601 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2602 the corresponding module in the
2608 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2612 \begin_inset Index idx
2615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2622 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2626 \begin_layout Standard
2627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2635 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2636 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2644 \begin_layout Standard
2645 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2653 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2654 LyX will advise you about these things.
2662 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2666 \begin_layout Standard
2667 Each class has a default set of options.
2668 Here's a quick table describing them:
2671 \begin_layout Standard
2672 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2680 \begin_inset Tabular
2681 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2682 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Standard
3142 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3148 \begin_layout Standard
3149 You're probably also wondering what
3150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3154 \begin_inset space ~
3158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3162 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3163 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3168 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3173 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3183 headings, there are also
3191 headings, and so on.
3192 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3193 \begin_inset space ~
3197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3199 reference "sub:Headings"
3206 \begin_layout Subsection
3208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3210 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3215 \begin_inset Index idx
3218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3227 \begin_inset Index idx
3230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 \begin_layout Standard
3240 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3242 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3253 \begin_inset space ~
3258 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3260 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3261 to use for your document.
3262 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3266 \begin_layout Standard
3273 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3279 \begin_inset space ~
3284 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3285 You can choose between the following five options:
3288 \begin_layout Labeling
3289 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3294 Use default page style of current class.
3297 \begin_layout Labeling
3298 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3303 No page numbers or headings.
3306 \begin_layout Labeling
3307 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3315 \begin_layout Labeling
3316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3321 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3322 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3323 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3326 \begin_layout Labeling
3327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3332 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3338 \begin_inset Index idx
3341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3342 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3348 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3349 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3351 Check the documentation for the
3355 package for more details,
3356 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3365 \begin_layout Standard
3370 of paragraphs is described in section
3371 \begin_inset space ~
3375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3377 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3384 \begin_layout Subsection
3385 Paper Size and Orientation
3386 \begin_inset Index idx
3389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3390 Document ! Paper size
3396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3398 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3405 \begin_layout Standard
3406 You'll find the following options in the menu
3409 \begin_inset space ~
3414 of the dialog of the
3416 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3422 \begin_inset Index idx
3425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 \begin_layout Labeling
3435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3439 \begin_inset space ~
3444 What size paper to print on.
3448 \begin_layout Itemize
3454 \begin_layout Itemize
3464 \begin_layout Itemize
3470 \begin_layout Itemize
3476 \begin_layout Itemize
3482 \begin_layout Itemize
3488 \begin_layout Itemize
3494 \begin_layout Labeling
3495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3500 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3511 \begin_layout Labeling
3512 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3516 \begin_inset space ~
3521 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3522 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3525 \begin_layout Subsection
3527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3534 \begin_inset Index idx
3537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3544 \begin_inset Index idx
3547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3556 \begin_layout Standard
3557 Paper margins are set in the menu
3559 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3563 \begin_inset Index idx
3566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3575 \begin_layout Standard
3576 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3577 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3578 the paper format and the font size into account.
3581 \begin_layout Subsection
3585 \begin_layout Standard
3586 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3591 That includes the paragraph environments.
3592 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3593 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3594 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3595 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3604 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3606 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3607 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3608 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3611 \begin_layout Section
3612 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3613 \begin_inset Index idx
3616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3617 Paragraph ! Indentation
3625 \begin_layout Subsection
3627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3629 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3636 \begin_layout Standard
3637 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3638 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3641 \begin_layout Standard
3642 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3643 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3644 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3645 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3649 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3655 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3656 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3657 language than English.
3658 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3661 \begin_layout Standard
3662 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3663 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3665 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3666 LyX takes care of that.
3667 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3669 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3670 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3671 of a page, and so on.
3675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3676 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3681 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3682 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3686 of these pre-coded spacings.
3687 We'll explain more later.
3690 \begin_layout Subsection
3691 Paragraph Separation
3692 \begin_inset Index idx
3695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3696 Paragraph ! Separation
3704 \begin_layout Standard
3705 To separate paragraphs, select
3716 \begin_inset space ~
3723 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3727 \begin_inset Index idx
3730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3736 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3737 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3738 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3741 \begin_layout Standard
3751 \begin_layout Standard
3752 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3753 \begin_inset space ~
3757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3759 reference "cap:Units"
3764 The default length is 30
3765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3771 \begin_layout Subsection
3775 \begin_layout Standard
3776 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3779 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3781 \begin_inset space ~
3786 dialog and toggle the
3789 \begin_inset space ~
3794 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3797 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3801 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3802 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3806 \begin_layout Standard
3807 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3808 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3811 \begin_layout Subsection
3813 \begin_inset Index idx
3816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3817 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3825 \begin_layout Standard
3828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3832 \begin_inset Index idx
3835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3844 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3847 \begin_inset space ~
3856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3857 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3862 \begin_inset Index idx
3865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3866 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3871 installed to use this feature.
3879 \begin_layout Section
3880 Paragraph Environments
3881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3883 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3888 \begin_inset Index idx
3891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3892 Paragraph ! Environments
3898 \begin_inset Index idx
3901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3902 Paragraph environments|(
3910 \begin_layout Subsection
3914 \begin_layout Standard
3915 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3918 \begin_layout Standard
3937 \begin_inset Newline newline
3940 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3941 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3942 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3951 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3954 \begin_layout Standard
3955 A paragraph environment is simply a
3956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3963 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3964 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3965 scheme, labels, and so on.
3966 Additionally, you can
3967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3974 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3975 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3976 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3977 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3978 days of typewriters.
3979 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3981 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3984 \begin_layout Standard
3985 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3986 \begin_inset Graphics
3987 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3993 at the left end of the toolbar.
3994 LyX will change the environment of the
3998 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3999 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4000 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4004 \begin_layout Standard
4013 create a new paragraph using the
4017 paragraph environment.
4019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4026 because if you are in one of these environments:
4029 \begin_layout Itemize
4035 \begin_layout Itemize
4041 \begin_layout Itemize
4047 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 \begin_layout Itemize
4059 \begin_layout Itemize
4065 \begin_layout Itemize
4071 \begin_layout Standard
4072 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4076 , rather than resetting it to
4081 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4082 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4083 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4084 \begin_inset space ~
4088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4090 reference "sec:Nesting"
4095 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4100 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4101 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4105 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4111 \begin_layout Subsection
4115 \begin_layout Standard
4116 The default paragraph environment is
4121 It creates a plain paragraph.
4122 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4123 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4124 this manual) are in the
4131 \begin_layout Standard
4132 You can nest a paragraph using the
4136 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4144 \begin_layout Subsection
4146 \begin_inset Index idx
4149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4158 \begin_layout Standard
4159 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 for thanks or contact information.
4169 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4170 page along with today's date.
4171 For other types of documents, the title
4172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4179 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4183 \begin_layout Standard
4184 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4198 Here's how you use them:
4201 \begin_layout Itemize
4202 Put the title of your document in the
4209 \begin_layout Itemize
4210 Put the author name in the
4217 \begin_layout Itemize
4218 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4219 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4225 Note that using this environment is optional.
4226 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4227 If you don't want any date, add the line
4228 \begin_inset Newline newline
4238 \begin_inset Newline newline
4241 to the preamble of your document (menu
4243 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4249 \begin_layout Standard
4250 You can use footnotes to insert
4251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4258 or contact information.
4261 \begin_layout Subsection
4263 \begin_inset Index idx
4266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4282 \begin_layout Standard
4283 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4284 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4287 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4289 \begin_inset Index idx
4292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4293 Section headings ! Numbered
4301 \begin_layout Standard
4302 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4306 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 \begin_layout Enumerate
4324 \begin_layout Enumerate
4330 \begin_layout Enumerate
4336 \begin_layout Enumerate
4342 \begin_layout Enumerate
4348 \begin_layout Standard
4349 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4350 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4351 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4354 \begin_layout Standard
4355 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4356 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4357 You group the book into chapters.
4358 LyX does similar grouping:
4361 \begin_layout Itemize
4366 is divided in either
4377 \begin_layout Itemize
4389 \begin_layout Itemize
4401 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 \begin_layout Itemize
4437 \begin_layout Standard
4438 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4446 Not all document types use the
4450 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4455 is the top-level heading.
4463 \begin_layout Standard
4468 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4469 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4471 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4485 \begin_inset Index idx
4488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4489 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4497 \begin_layout Standard
4498 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4502 \begin_layout Enumerate
4508 \begin_layout Enumerate
4514 \begin_layout Enumerate
4520 \begin_layout Enumerate
4526 \begin_layout Enumerate
4532 \begin_layout Standard
4534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4541 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4542 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4543 table of contents, see section
4544 \begin_inset space ~
4548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4557 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4558 Changing the Numbering
4559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4561 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4568 \begin_layout Standard
4569 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4570 in the Table of Contents.
4571 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4573 Certain classes start with
4587 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4597 This is something you can change.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4603 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4609 \begin_inset Index idx
4612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4623 \begin_inset space ~
4627 \begin_inset space ~
4632 you'll see two counters.
4637 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4639 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4644 Short Titles of Headings
4645 \begin_inset Index idx
4648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4649 Section headings ! Short titles
4658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4667 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4674 \begin_layout Standard
4675 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4676 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4677 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4678 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4681 \begin_layout Standard
4682 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4683 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4684 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4685 To specify a short title, use the menu
4687 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4689 \begin_inset space ~
4695 This will insert a box labeled
4696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4711 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4712 This also works for captions inside floats.
4715 \begin_layout Standard
4716 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4719 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4723 \begin_layout Standard
4724 The following information applies to all section headings:
4727 \begin_layout Itemize
4728 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4731 \begin_layout Itemize
4732 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4735 \begin_layout Itemize
4736 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4739 \begin_layout Itemize
4740 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4743 \begin_layout Subsection
4744 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4747 \begin_layout Standard
4748 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4762 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4763 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4764 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4765 the text they contain.
4766 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4774 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4777 \begin_layout Standard
4778 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4787 when you start a new paragraph.
4788 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4792 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4793 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4794 to change back to the
4798 environment yourself.
4801 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4818 \begin_inset Index idx
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4830 \begin_layout Standard
4831 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4832 time for the differences.
4841 are identical except for one difference:
4845 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4854 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4857 \begin_layout Standard
4858 Here's an example of the
4871 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4873 See – no indentation!
4877 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4878 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4879 the other paragraph.
4882 \begin_layout Standard
4883 Here's another example, this time in the
4890 \begin_layout Quotation
4896 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4897 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4898 the first line, then
4902 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4906 you were quoting other text.
4909 \begin_layout Quotation
4910 Here's a new paragraph.
4911 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4912 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4915 \begin_layout Standard
4916 As the examples show,
4920 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4921 They should put quotes in the
4926 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4930 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4933 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4939 \begin_inset Index idx
4942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4951 \begin_inset Index idx
4954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4970 \begin_layout Standard
4975 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4981 \begin_inset Newline newline
4984 Which I did not rehearse!
4988 It could be much worse.
4989 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4991 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4992 indented a bit more than the first.
4993 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4999 \begin_inset Newline newline
5002 And make things look fine
5003 \begin_inset Newline newline
5009 arg "newline-insert newline"
5015 \begin_layout Standard
5020 does not indent both margins.
5021 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5022 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5029 arg "newline-insert newline"
5035 \begin_layout Subsection
5037 \begin_inset Index idx
5040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5056 \begin_layout Standard
5057 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5067 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5076 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5077 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5078 some general features of all four of them.
5081 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5085 \begin_layout Standard
5086 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5088 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5097 reset the environment to
5101 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5102 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5103 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5107 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5110 to break paragraphs.
5113 \begin_layout Standard
5114 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5115 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5117 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5118 you read all of section
5119 \begin_inset space ~
5123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5125 reference "sec:Nesting"
5133 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5139 \begin_inset Index idx
5142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5163 paragraph environment.
5164 It has the following properties:
5167 \begin_layout Itemize
5168 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5172 \begin_layout Itemize
5173 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5176 \begin_layout Itemize
5177 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5181 \begin_layout Itemize
5182 The items can have any length.
5183 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5184 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5191 \begin_layout Itemize
5196 environment inside another
5200 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5204 \begin_layout Itemize
5205 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5208 \begin_layout Itemize
5209 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5212 \begin_layout Itemize
5214 \begin_inset space ~
5218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5220 reference "sec:Nesting"
5224 for a full explanation of nesting.
5228 \begin_layout Standard
5229 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5238 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5241 \begin_layout Standard
5242 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5243 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5246 \begin_layout Itemize
5247 The label for the first level
5251 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5255 \begin_layout Itemize
5256 The label for the second level is a dash.
5260 \begin_layout Itemize
5261 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5265 \begin_layout Itemize
5266 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5270 \begin_layout Itemize
5271 Back out to the third level.
5275 \begin_layout Itemize
5276 Back to the second level.
5280 \begin_layout Itemize
5281 Back to the outermost level.
5284 \begin_layout Standard
5285 These are the default labels for an
5290 You can customize these labels in the
5292 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5295 dialog in the submenu
5302 \begin_inset Index idx
5305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5314 \begin_layout Standard
5315 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5316 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5318 \begin_inset space ~
5322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5324 reference "sec:Nesting"
5331 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5337 \begin_inset Index idx
5340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5349 name "sec:Enumerate"
5356 \begin_layout Standard
5361 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5362 It has these properties:
5365 \begin_layout Enumerate
5366 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5370 \begin_layout Enumerate
5371 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5375 \begin_layout Enumerate
5376 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5379 \begin_layout Enumerate
5384 environment resets the counter to one.
5387 \begin_layout Enumerate
5400 \begin_layout Enumerate
5401 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5402 Items can have any length.
5405 \begin_layout Enumerate
5406 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5409 \begin_layout Enumerate
5410 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5413 \begin_layout Enumerate
5414 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5418 \begin_layout Standard
5427 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5428 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5435 \begin_layout Enumerate
5436 The first level of an
5440 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5444 \begin_layout Enumerate
5445 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5449 \begin_layout Enumerate
5450 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5454 \begin_layout Enumerate
5455 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5458 \begin_layout Enumerate
5459 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5464 \begin_layout Enumerate
5465 Back to the third level
5469 \begin_layout Enumerate
5470 Back to the second level.
5474 \begin_layout Enumerate
5475 Back to the outermost level.
5478 \begin_layout Standard
5479 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5484 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5489 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5493 \begin_layout Standard
5494 There is more to nesting
5498 environments than we've stated here.
5499 You should read section
5500 \begin_inset space ~
5504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5506 reference "sec:Nesting"
5510 to learn more about nesting.
5513 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5519 \begin_inset Index idx
5522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5531 \begin_layout Standard
5532 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5536 list has no fixed label.
5537 Instead, LyX uses the first
5538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5545 of the first line as the label.
5549 \begin_layout Description
5550 Example: This is an example of the
5557 \begin_layout Standard
5558 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5562 \begin_layout Standard
5564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5571 it is meant that the first hit of the
5575 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5577 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5585 arg "space-insert protected"
5590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5591 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5593 \begin_inset space ~
5599 \begin_inset space ~
5603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5605 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5609 for more info.) Here is an example:
5612 \begin_layout Description
5614 \begin_inset space ~
5617 Example: This one shows how to use a
5620 \begin_inset space ~
5632 \begin_layout Description
5633 Usage: You should use the
5637 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5638 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5640 It's not a good idea to use a
5644 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5645 You're better off using
5657 paragraphs into them.
5660 \begin_layout Description
5661 Nesting: You can nest
5665 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5669 \begin_layout Standard
5670 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5671 them from the first line.
5674 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5680 \begin_inset Index idx
5683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5692 \begin_layout Standard
5697 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5709 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5714 environment is named
5726 \begin_layout Standard
5735 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5736 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5739 \begin_layout Labeling
5740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5745 labels LyX uses the first
5746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5753 of each line as the item label.
5758 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5759 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5760 blank as described above.
5763 \begin_layout Labeling
5764 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5765 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5766 the body of the item text.
5767 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5768 label width plus a little extra space.
5772 \begin_layout Labeling
5773 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5775 \begin_inset space ~
5778 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5780 If the label width is larger, the label
5781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5788 into the first line.
5789 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5790 margin of the rest of the item text.
5793 \begin_layout Labeling
5794 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5796 \begin_inset space ~
5799 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5804 environment have the same left margin.
5805 \begin_inset Newline newline
5808 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5811 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5813 \begin_inset space ~
5822 \begin_inset space ~
5827 determines the default label width.
5828 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5837 multiple times instead.
5838 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5847 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5850 \begin_inset space ~
5855 every time you alter a label in a
5860 \begin_inset Newline newline
5863 The predefined default width is the length of
5864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5873 \begin_inset Newline newline
5877 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5885 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5886 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5894 \begin_layout Standard
5899 environment the same way like the
5903 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5909 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5913 \begin_layout Standard
5918 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5920 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5922 \begin_inset space ~
5926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5928 reference "sec:Nesting"
5932 to learn about nesting.
5935 \begin_layout Standard
5936 There is yet another feature of the
5940 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5942 You can use additional
5946 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5951 are documented in section
5952 \begin_inset space ~
5956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5958 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5963 Here are some examples:
5964 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5970 \begin_layout Labeling
5971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5972 Left The default for
5979 \begin_layout Labeling
5980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5981 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5988 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5991 \begin_layout Labeling
5992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5993 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5997 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6004 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6007 \begin_layout Subsection
6009 \begin_inset Index idx
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6021 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6029 \begin_inset space ~
6037 \begin_layout Standard
6038 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6046 \begin_inset space ~
6052 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6053 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6054 In contrast, you can use the
6061 \begin_inset space ~
6066 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6067 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6071 \begin_layout Standard
6072 Of course, you're not limited to using
6079 \begin_inset space ~
6088 \begin_inset space ~
6093 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6094 some European academic papers.
6097 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6101 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6108 \begin_layout Standard
6113 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6114 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6118 \begin_inset space ~
6123 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6124 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6125 Here's an example of each:
6128 \begin_layout Right Address
6130 \begin_inset Newline newline
6134 \begin_inset Newline newline
6138 \begin_inset Newline newline
6141 When is it? What is today?
6144 \begin_layout Standard
6148 \begin_inset space ~
6154 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6155 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6156 Here's an example of the
6163 \begin_layout Address
6165 \begin_inset Newline newline
6168 Where do I send this
6169 \begin_inset Newline newline
6172 Your post office and country
6175 \begin_layout Standard
6176 As you can see, both
6183 \begin_inset space ~
6188 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6193 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6199 This makes sense, since
6207 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6208 Thus, you have to use
6215 arg "newline-insert newline"
6221 \begin_inset space ~
6224 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6226 \begin_inset space ~
6235 menu) to start a new line in an
6242 \begin_inset space ~
6250 \begin_layout Subsection
6254 \begin_layout Standard
6255 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6256 or list of references.
6257 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6264 \begin_inset Index idx
6267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6276 \begin_layout Standard
6281 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6282 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6283 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6284 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6288 in anything else or vice versa.
6294 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6295 The book document classes ignores the
6299 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6303 in a letter document class.
6306 \begin_layout Standard
6311 environment does several things for you.
6312 First, it puts the centered label
6313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6321 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6323 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6324 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6325 the subsequent text.
6326 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6327 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6330 \begin_layout Standard
6331 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6335 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6336 The new paragraph will still be in the
6341 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6342 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6345 \begin_layout Standard
6346 \begin_inset Float figure
6351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6353 \begin_inset Graphics
6354 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6362 \begin_inset Caption
6364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6367 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6388 \begin_layout Standard
6389 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6393 environment, but since this document is in the
6394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6401 class, we can't do this.
6402 We inserted it therefore as figure
6403 \begin_inset space ~
6407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6409 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6414 If you've never heard of an
6415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6422 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6425 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6431 \begin_inset Index idx
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6443 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6450 \begin_layout Standard
6455 environment is used to list references.
6456 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6457 only use it at the end of the document.
6462 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6465 \begin_layout Standard
6466 When you first open a
6470 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6486 depending on the document class.
6487 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6488 Each paragraph of the
6492 environment is a bibliography entry.
6497 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6498 Each new paragraph is still in the
6505 \begin_layout Standard
6506 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6507 by using a BibTeX database.
6508 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6509 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6510 \begin_inset space ~
6514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6516 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6523 \begin_layout Subsection
6527 \begin_inset Index idx
6530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6531 Paragraph ! LyX code
6537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6546 \begin_layout Standard
6551 environment is another LyX extension.
6552 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6557 key as a fixed whitespace;
6561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6573 \begin_inset space ~
6578 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6583 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6584 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6587 arg "newline-insert newline"
6604 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6605 So, when you finish using the
6609 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6610 Also, you can nest the
6614 environment inside of others.
6617 \begin_layout Standard
6618 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6621 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 arg "newline-insert newline"
6628 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6633 \begin_inset space \space{}
6643 arg "newline-insert newline"
6649 \begin_layout Itemize
6653 arg "newline-insert newline"
6664 \begin_layout Itemize
6669 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6676 \begin_layout Itemize
6680 arg "space-insert protected"
6687 \begin_layout Itemize
6688 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6689 You must put at least one
6693 in any line you want blank.
6694 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6697 \begin_layout Itemize
6698 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6702 since that will insert
6707 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6710 arg "self-insert \""
6716 \begin_layout Standard
6720 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6728 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6732 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6736 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6737 printf("Hello World!
6742 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6746 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6750 \begin_layout Standard
6751 This is just the standard
6752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6763 \begin_layout Standard
6768 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6769 rc-files, and so on.
6770 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6771 as if you used a typewriter.
6772 \begin_inset Index idx
6775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6776 Paragraph environments|)
6784 \begin_layout Section
6785 Nesting Environments
6786 \begin_inset Index idx
6789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6790 Nesting ! Environments
6796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6805 \begin_layout Subsection
6809 \begin_layout Standard
6810 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6812 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6814 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6816 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6828 \begin_layout Enumerate
6832 \begin_layout Enumerate
6837 \begin_layout Enumerate
6841 \begin_layout Enumerate
6846 \begin_layout Enumerate
6850 \begin_layout Standard
6851 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6852 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6855 \begin_inset space ~
6859 \begin_inset space ~
6867 \begin_inset space ~
6871 \begin_inset space ~
6880 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6881 will tell you how far you are nested).
6882 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6883 \begin_inset Graphics
6884 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6889 \begin_inset Graphics
6890 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6894 or the convenient key bindings
6905 arg "depth-increment"
6911 arg "depth-decrement"
6914 to change the nesting level.
6915 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6916 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6921 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6922 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6923 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6924 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6928 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6929 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6931 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6934 \begin_layout Subsection
6935 What You Can and Can't Nest
6938 \begin_layout Standard
6939 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6940 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6943 \begin_layout Standard
6944 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6945 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6946 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6949 \begin_layout Itemize
6950 Completely unnestable
6953 \begin_layout Itemize
6954 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6958 \begin_layout Itemize
6959 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6963 \begin_layout Standard
6964 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6965 environments have them:
6968 \begin_layout Description
6969 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6970 Can't nest into them.
6974 \begin_layout Itemize
6980 \begin_layout Itemize
6986 \begin_layout Itemize
6992 \begin_layout Itemize
6998 \begin_layout Itemize
7005 \begin_layout Description
7007 \begin_inset space ~
7010 Nestable You can nest them.
7011 You can nest other things into them.
7015 \begin_layout Itemize
7021 \begin_layout Itemize
7027 \begin_layout Itemize
7033 \begin_layout Itemize
7039 \begin_layout Itemize
7045 \begin_layout Itemize
7051 \begin_layout Itemize
7057 \begin_layout Itemize
7064 \begin_layout Description
7065 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7066 You can't nest anything into them.
7070 \begin_layout Itemize
7076 \begin_layout Itemize
7082 \begin_layout Itemize
7088 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7100 \begin_layout Itemize
7106 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7142 \begin_layout Itemize
7148 \begin_layout Itemize
7152 \begin_inset space ~
7158 \begin_layout Itemize
7165 \begin_layout Standard
7166 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7174 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7183 \begin_inset space ~
7187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7191 \begin_inset space \space{}
7194 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7195 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7196 section headings violate this.
7204 \begin_layout Subsection
7205 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7206 \begin_inset Index idx
7209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7210 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7218 \begin_layout Standard
7219 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7220 affected by nesting anyhow.
7224 \begin_layout Itemize
7228 \begin_layout Itemize
7232 \begin_layout Itemize
7236 \begin_layout Standard
7238 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7246 Figures and tables in
7250 are not affected by this.
7255 Have a look at section
7256 \begin_inset space ~
7260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7262 reference "sec:Floats"
7266 for more information about
7273 \begin_layout Standard
7274 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7275 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7279 \begin_layout Standard
7280 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7288 of its own, it behaves just like a
7289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7296 paragraph environment.
7297 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7301 \begin_layout Standard
7302 Here's an example with a table:
7305 \begin_layout Enumerate
7310 \begin_layout Enumerate
7311 This is (a) and it's nested.
7315 \begin_layout Standard
7316 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7322 \begin_layout Standard
7324 \begin_inset Tabular
7325 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7326 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7327 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7328 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7412 \begin_layout Standard
7413 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7420 \begin_layout Enumerate
7422 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7426 \begin_layout Enumerate
7430 \begin_layout Standard
7431 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7434 \begin_layout Enumerate
7439 \begin_layout Enumerate
7440 This is (a) and it's nested.
7444 \begin_layout Standard
7445 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7451 \begin_layout Standard
7453 \begin_inset Tabular
7454 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7455 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7457 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7541 \begin_layout Standard
7542 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7548 \begin_layout Enumerate
7555 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7558 \begin_layout Enumerate
7562 \begin_layout Standard
7563 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7567 \begin_layout Standard
7568 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7570 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7573 \begin_layout Enumerate
7578 \begin_layout Enumerate
7579 This is (a) and it's nested.
7582 \begin_layout Standard
7583 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7589 \begin_layout Standard
7591 \begin_inset Tabular
7592 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7593 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7679 \begin_layout Standard
7680 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7686 \begin_layout Enumerate
7688 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7696 \begin_layout Enumerate
7700 \begin_layout Standard
7701 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7707 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7708 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7712 \begin_layout Subsection
7713 Usage and General Features
7716 \begin_layout Standard
7717 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7726 is the innermost possible depth.
7727 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7730 \begin_layout Enumerate
7731 level #1 – outermost
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7740 \begin_layout Enumerate
7745 \begin_layout Enumerate
7750 \begin_layout Itemize
7755 \begin_layout Itemize
7764 \begin_layout Standard
7765 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7766 both of them in the example.
7767 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7777 For example, if we tried to nest another
7782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7789 , we would get errors.
7792 \begin_layout Subsection
7794 \begin_inset Index idx
7797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7806 \begin_layout Standard
7807 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7808 We have several examples of nested environments.
7809 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7813 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7814 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7817 \begin_layout Labeling
7818 \labelwidthstring MMM
7819 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7828 \begin_layout Labeling
7829 \labelwidthstring MMM
7830 #2-a This is level #2.
7831 We created it by using
7834 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7840 arg "depth-increment"
7847 \begin_layout Labeling
7848 \labelwidthstring MMM
7849 #3-a This is level #3.
7850 This time, we just hit
7857 arg "depth-increment"
7861 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7865 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7871 arg "depth-increment"
7878 \begin_layout Standard
7883 environment, nested inside of
7884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7892 So, it's at level #4.
7893 We did this by hitting
7896 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7902 arg "depth-increment"
7905 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7910 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
7926 \begin_layout Standard
7931 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7934 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7940 \begin_layout Labeling
7941 \labelwidthstring MMM
7942 #4-a This is level #4.
7946 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7949 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7954 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
7958 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7963 keep nesting things inside
7964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7975 \begin_layout Labeling
7976 \labelwidthstring MMM
7977 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7982 \begin_layout Labeling
7983 \labelwidthstring MMM
7984 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7985 and this is level #6.
7986 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7990 \begin_layout Labeling
7991 \labelwidthstring MMM
7992 #5-b Back to level #5.
7996 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8002 arg "depth-decrement"
8009 \begin_layout Labeling
8010 \labelwidthstring MMM
8014 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8020 arg "depth-decrement"
8023 , we're back at level #4.
8027 \begin_layout Labeling
8028 \labelwidthstring MMM
8029 #3-b Back to level #3.
8030 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8034 \begin_layout Labeling
8035 \labelwidthstring MMM
8036 #2-b Back to level #2.
8041 \begin_layout Labeling
8042 \labelwidthstring MMM
8043 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8044 After this sentence, we'll hit
8048 and change the paragraph environment back to
8055 \begin_layout Standard
8056 We could have also used the
8072 environment in place of the
8077 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8080 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8081 Example 2: Inheritance
8084 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8085 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8088 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8097 arg "depth-increment"
8100 , after which, we'll change to the
8108 \begin_layout Enumerate
8113 environment, at level #2.
8116 \begin_layout Enumerate
8117 Notice how the nested
8121 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8125 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8129 \begin_layout Standard
8130 We ended this example by hitting
8135 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8139 and reset the nesting depth by using
8142 arg "depth-decrement"
8148 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8149 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8162 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8170 \begin_layout Enumerate
8171 This is level #1, in an
8175 paragraph environment.
8176 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8180 \begin_layout Enumerate
8185 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8191 arg "depth-increment"
8195 Now, what happens if we nest an
8199 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8200 label be? An asterisk?
8204 \begin_layout Itemize
8214 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8215 So, its label is a bullet.
8216 (We got here by using
8219 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8225 arg "depth-increment"
8228 , then changing the environment to
8236 \begin_layout Itemize
8237 Here's level #4, produced using
8240 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8246 arg "depth-increment"
8250 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8255 \begin_layout Enumerate
8256 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8258 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8263 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8267 , because we are in the
8276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8295 \begin_layout Enumerate
8300 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8301 type of numbering does LyX use?
8304 \begin_layout Enumerate
8305 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8308 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8311 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8314 \begin_layout Enumerate
8318 arg "depth-decrement"
8321 to decrease the depth after the next
8324 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8333 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8337 \begin_layout Enumerate
8339 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8340 numeral as the label.Why?
8343 \begin_layout Enumerate
8344 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8353 Notice, however, that LyX
8357 reset the counter for the label.
8361 \begin_layout Enumerate
8365 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8371 arg "depth-decrement"
8374 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8375 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8376 into the twofold-nested
8384 \begin_layout Enumerate
8385 The same thing happens if we do another
8388 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8394 arg "depth-decrement"
8397 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8400 \begin_layout Standard
8401 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8406 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8420 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8426 The same rule applies for the
8430 environment, as well.
8433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8434 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8437 \begin_layout Enumerate
8438 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8439 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8440 same detail with how we did it.
8449 \begin_layout Standard
8457 arg "depth-increment"
8464 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8465 example in parentheses someplace.
8466 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8467 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8468 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8472 \begin_layout Enumerate
8477 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8482 Now we'll add verse.
8483 \begin_inset Newline newline
8486 It will get much worse.
8487 \begin_inset Newline newline
8497 arg "depth-increment"
8508 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8509 \begin_inset Newline newline
8512 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8513 \begin_inset Newline newline
8519 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8532 \begin_layout Standard
8533 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8539 \begin_layout Standard
8541 \begin_inset Tabular
8542 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8543 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8634 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8644 arg "depth-increment"
8650 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8660 arg "depth-decrement"
8667 \begin_layout Enumerate
8672 : level #1) This is another item.
8673 Note that selecting a
8677 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8678 3 times to put the table inside the
8686 \begin_layout Quotation
8687 We're now ending the
8691 list and changing to
8696 We're still at level #1.
8697 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8698 The next set of paragraphs is a
8699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8713 \begin_inset space ~
8718 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8722 for the letter body.
8726 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8729 to preserve the depth.
8730 Remember that you need to use
8733 arg "newline-insert newline"
8736 to create multiple lines inside the
8743 \begin_inset space ~
8753 \begin_layout Right Address
8755 \begin_inset Newline newline
8758 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8759 \begin_inset Newline newline
8765 \begin_layout Address
8767 \begin_inset space ~
8773 \begin_layout Quotation
8774 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8778 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8779 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8780 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8781 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8782 as soon as possible.
8783 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8786 \begin_layout Quotation
8787 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8788 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8789 with your order, along with payment.
8792 \begin_layout Quotation
8793 We thank you again for your patience.
8796 \begin_layout Address
8798 \begin_inset Newline newline
8805 \begin_layout Quotation
8806 That ends that example!
8809 \begin_layout Standard
8810 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8811 just a few keystrokes.
8812 We could have easily nested an
8833 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8836 \begin_layout Section
8837 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8838 \begin_inset Index idx
8841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_layout Standard
8851 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8852 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8853 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8854 be broken at the end of a line.
8855 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8859 \begin_layout Subsection
8861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8863 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8868 \begin_inset Index idx
8871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8880 \begin_layout Standard
8881 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8883 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8887 Further documentation is given in section
8888 \begin_inset Newline newline
8892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8894 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8902 \begin_layout Standard
8903 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8918 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8927 A protected space is set with
8929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8930 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8934 \begin_inset space ~
8944 arg "space-insert protected"
8950 \begin_layout Subsection
8952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8954 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8959 \begin_inset Index idx
8962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8963 Spacing ! Horizontal
8971 \begin_layout Standard
8972 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8975 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8979 The length units are listed in Appendix
8980 \begin_inset space ~
8984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8986 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8993 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8997 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9002 \begin_inset Index idx
9005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9014 \begin_layout Standard
9016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9020 \begin_inset space \space{}
9023 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9024 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9025 \begin_inset space ~
9029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9031 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9036 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9037 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9040 arg "space-insert normal"
9046 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9050 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9055 \begin_inset Index idx
9058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9067 \begin_layout Standard
9069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9076 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9085 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9086 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9087 inside abbreviations:
9092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9096 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9099 \begin_layout Standard
9100 or between values and units.
9101 Compare for example this:
9102 \begin_inset Newline newline
9106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9110 \begin_inset Newline newline
9116 \begin_layout Standard
9117 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9119 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9120 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9122 \begin_inset space ~
9130 arg "space-insert thin"
9136 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9140 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9147 \begin_layout Standard
9148 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9151 \begin_layout Description
9153 \begin_inset space ~
9157 \begin_inset space ~
9161 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9165 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9169 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9172 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9175 \begin_layout Description
9177 \begin_inset space ~
9181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9185 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9189 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9193 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9200 em) space between the arrows.
9203 \begin_layout Description
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9213 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9217 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9221 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9225 \begin_inset space ~
9229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9232 em) space between the arrows.
9235 \begin_layout Description
9237 \begin_inset space ~
9241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9245 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9249 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9253 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9257 \begin_inset space ~
9261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9264 em) space between the arrows.
9267 \begin_layout Description
9269 \begin_inset space ~
9273 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9277 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9282 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9289 cm space between the arrows.
9292 \begin_layout Standard
9294 \begin_inset space ~
9298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9300 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9304 lists the different space sizes.
9307 \begin_layout Standard
9308 \begin_inset Float table
9313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9315 \begin_inset Caption
9317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9320 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9324 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9334 \begin_inset Tabular
9335 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9336 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9337 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9338 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9506 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9555 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9561 \begin_inset Index idx
9564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9573 \begin_layout Standard
9574 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9575 in a uniform fashion.
9576 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9577 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9578 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9579 equally between themselves.
9583 \begin_layout Standard
9584 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9589 This is on the left side
9590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9593 This is on the right
9599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9603 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9612 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9620 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9626 \begin_layout Standard
9627 That was an example in the
9633 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9637 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9641 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9644 is one in a standard paragraph.
9645 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9649 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9652 \begin_layout Standard
9653 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9656 \begin_inset space ~
9661 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9664 \begin_layout Standard
9666 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9670 \begin_inset space ~
9676 \begin_layout Standard
9678 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9682 \begin_inset space ~
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9690 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9694 \begin_inset space ~
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9706 \begin_inset space ~
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9714 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9718 \begin_inset space ~
9724 \begin_layout Standard
9726 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9730 \begin_inset space ~
9736 \begin_layout Standard
9737 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9745 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9749 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9750 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9751 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9755 option in the space dialog.
9763 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9765 \begin_inset Index idx
9768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9777 \begin_layout Standard
9778 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9784 \begin_inset space \space{}
9787 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9790 \begin_layout Standard
9791 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9794 What is correct English?:
9795 \begin_inset Newline newline
9799 \begin_inset Newline newline
9803 \begin_inset space ~
9806 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9807 \begin_inset Newline newline
9814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9825 \begin_inset Newline newline
9832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9843 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9849 \begin_layout Standard
9850 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9855 \begin_inset space ~
9859 \begin_inset space ~
9863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9867 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9885 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9889 for more information about TeX-Code.
9895 In our case write the command
9902 (note the space after
9903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9910 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9911 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9912 That is why it is named
9913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9925 There exists also the commands
9937 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9938 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9941 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9953 \begin_layout Subsection
9955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9957 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9962 \begin_inset Index idx
9965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9974 \begin_layout Standard
9975 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9977 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9978 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9980 \begin_inset space ~
9986 There you find the following sizes:
9989 \begin_layout Standard
10002 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10007 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10009 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 \begin_inset Index idx
10016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10017 Document ! Settings
10022 for the paragraph separation.
10023 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10034 \begin_layout Standard
10040 \begin_inset Index idx
10043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10049 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10050 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10052 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10053 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10062 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10071 s are described in section
10072 \begin_inset space ~
10076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10078 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10087 If there are several
10091 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10092 You can therefore use
10096 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10099 \begin_layout Standard
10104 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10105 \begin_inset space ~
10109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10111 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10118 \begin_layout Standard
10119 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10129 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10130 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10142 \begin_layout Subsection
10143 Paragraph Alignment
10146 \begin_layout Standard
10147 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10149 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10153 There are five possibilities:
10156 \begin_layout Itemize
10164 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10170 \begin_layout Itemize
10178 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10184 \begin_layout Itemize
10192 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10198 \begin_layout Itemize
10206 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10212 \begin_layout Itemize
10220 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10228 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10229 the left and right margins.
10230 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10233 \begin_layout Standard
10235 This paragraph is right aligned,
10238 \begin_layout Standard
10240 this one is centered,
10243 \begin_layout Standard
10245 this one is left aligned.
10248 \begin_layout Subsection
10250 \begin_inset Index idx
10253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10254 Page breaks ! Forced
10260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10262 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10270 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10271 can force a page break where you want one.
10272 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10273 Only if you use a lot of
10277 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10280 \begin_layout Standard
10281 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10282 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10286 have to change the page breaking.
10289 \begin_layout Standard
10290 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10292 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10294 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10295 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10297 \begin_inset space ~
10303 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10306 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10308 \begin_inset space ~
10313 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10315 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10316 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10319 \begin_layout Standard
10320 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10321 at the top of a page.
10322 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10323 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10324 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10325 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10329 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10333 to learn more about
10340 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10344 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10349 \begin_inset Index idx
10352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10353 Page breaks ! Clear
10361 \begin_layout Standard
10362 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10363 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10364 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10365 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10366 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10369 \begin_layout Standard
10370 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10373 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10375 \begin_inset space ~
10381 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10384 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10386 \begin_inset space ~
10390 \begin_inset space ~
10395 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10396 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10399 \begin_layout Subsection
10401 \begin_inset Index idx
10404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10413 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10420 \begin_layout Standard
10421 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10423 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10426 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10428 \begin_inset space ~
10432 \begin_inset space ~
10440 arg "newline-insert newline"
10444 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10447 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10449 \begin_inset space ~
10453 \begin_inset space ~
10458 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10460 This is necessary to avoid
10461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10468 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10471 \begin_layout Standard
10472 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10473 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10474 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10475 set a line break, e.
10476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10480 \begin_inset space \space{}
10483 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10484 \begin_inset space ~
10488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10490 reference "sec:Quote"
10495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10497 reference "sec:Verse"
10502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10504 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10511 \begin_layout Subsection
10513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10515 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10520 \begin_inset Index idx
10523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10532 \begin_layout Standard
10537 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10538 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10540 \begin_inset space ~
10545 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10551 \begin_layout Section
10552 Characters and Symbols
10555 \begin_layout Standard
10556 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10557 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10562 \begin_inset space \space{}
10565 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10573 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10577 for information on how this is done.
10580 \begin_layout Standard
10581 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10586 dialog via the menu
10588 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10589 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10595 \begin_layout Standard
10596 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10604 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10605 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10606 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10614 \begin_layout Section
10615 Fonts and Text Styles
10616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10618 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10625 \begin_layout Subsection
10627 \begin_inset Index idx
10630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10639 \begin_layout Standard
10640 There are two types of fonts:
10643 \begin_layout Description
10645 \begin_inset space ~
10649 \begin_inset Index idx
10652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10658 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10663 characters) in the font.
10664 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10665 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10666 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10667 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10668 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10669 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10670 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10671 \begin_inset Newline newline
10674 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10675 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10676 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10677 sizes than at small ones.
10678 \begin_inset Newline newline
10692 \begin_inset space ~
10700 \begin_layout Description
10702 \begin_inset space ~
10706 \begin_inset Index idx
10709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10715 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10716 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10717 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10718 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10719 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10720 picture manipulation program.
10721 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10722 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10723 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10724 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10725 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10727 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10728 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10729 \begin_inset Newline newline
10732 Bitmap fonts are named
10735 \begin_inset space ~
10740 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10743 \begin_layout Standard
10744 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10745 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10746 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10747 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10748 use scalable fonts.
10751 \begin_layout Standard
10752 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10753 its document properties.
10756 \begin_layout Standard
10757 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10758 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10759 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10760 font to emphasize text, you use an
10761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10769 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10770 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10774 \begin_layout Subsection
10775 Document Font and Font size
10776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10778 name "sub:Document-Font"
10783 \begin_inset Index idx
10786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10793 \begin_inset Index idx
10796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10805 \begin_layout Standard
10806 You can set the document fonts in the
10808 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10812 \begin_inset Index idx
10815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10816 Document ! Settings
10822 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10823 font shapes roman (serif),
10826 \begin_inset space ~
10838 \begin_layout Standard
10839 The possible options for the font include
10843 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10848 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10870 European Computer Modern
10873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10883 \begin_layout Standard
10892 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
10893 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10898 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10901 \begin_inset space ~
10906 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10912 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10913 There are three ways to use one:
10916 \begin_layout Itemize
10917 One way is to use the
10927 Virtual means that it
10928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10939 -glyphs from other fonts.
10940 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10962 Loading the LaTeX-package
10967 \begin_inset Index idx
10970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10971 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10976 with the document preamble line
10977 \begin_inset Newline newline
10984 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10985 \begin_inset Newline newline
10990 will fix the guillemet problem.
10995 and that accented characters are not
10999 glyph, they are build of
11003 characters, the accent and the letter.
11004 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11008 fonts for words with accented characters.
11009 If you search for example for the French word
11010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11017 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11026 and not for the glyph
11027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11031 \begin_inset space ~
11035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11041 \begin_layout Itemize
11042 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11055 , consist of these three main font types
11058 \begin_inset space ~
11087 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11091 \begin_inset space ~
11098 as typewriter font.
11099 \begin_inset Newline newline
11102 The differences between roman,
11105 \begin_inset space ~
11114 fonts are explained in section
11115 \begin_inset space ~
11119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11121 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11126 \begin_inset Newline newline
11133 was originally designed for newspapers.
11134 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11135 into the small newspaper columns.
11140 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11143 \begin_layout Itemize
11144 The best solution is to use the
11153 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11157 as the default font.
11158 In most cases they look the same as
11166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11167 One difference is improved kerning for the
11180 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11191 \begin_layout Standard
11192 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11195 For the font size there are four possible values:
11212 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11215 \begin_layout Standard
11216 The font sizes are the
11221 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11222 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11223 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11226 \begin_inset space ~
11232 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11233 \begin_inset space ~
11237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11239 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11246 \begin_layout Standard
11251 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11252 a font to display the script characters.
11256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11257 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11262 So this has no effect for the document language
11278 \begin_layout Standard
11279 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11283 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11291 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11295 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11296 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11297 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11299 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11302 dialog, see section
11303 \begin_inset space ~
11307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11309 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11321 \begin_layout Subsection
11322 Using Different Character Styles
11323 \begin_inset Index idx
11326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11333 \begin_inset Index idx
11336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11345 \begin_layout Standard
11346 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11347 certain paragraph environments.
11348 LyX supports two character styles,
11357 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11361 \begin_layout Standard
11366 style, do one of the following:
11369 \begin_layout Itemize
11370 click on the toolbar button
11371 \begin_inset Graphics
11372 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11379 \begin_layout Itemize
11380 use the key binding
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390 These commands are all toggles.
11395 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11398 \begin_layout Standard
11399 One typically uses the
11403 style for proper names.
11405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11412 is the original author of LyX.
11413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11419 \begin_layout Standard
11420 A more widely used character style is the
11425 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11432 \begin_layout Itemize
11433 clicking on the toolbar button
11434 \begin_inset Graphics
11435 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11442 \begin_layout Itemize
11443 using the keybindings
11452 \begin_layout Standard
11457 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11458 es use a different font.
11461 \begin_layout Standard
11462 We've been using the
11466 style all over the place in this document.
11467 Here's one more example:
11470 \begin_layout Quotation
11473 Don't overuse character styles!
11476 \begin_layout Standard
11477 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11478 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11479 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11480 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11484 \begin_layout Standard
11485 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11493 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11495 \begin_inset space ~
11503 \begin_layout Subsection
11504 Fine-Tuning with the
11509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11511 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11516 \begin_inset Index idx
11519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11528 \begin_layout Standard
11529 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11530 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11531 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11532 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11533 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11534 from ordinary dialog.
11537 \begin_layout Standard
11538 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11539 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11540 \begin_inset Newline newline
11543 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11544 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11547 \begin_layout Standard
11548 To use custom character styles, open the
11550 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11552 \begin_inset space ~
11558 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11559 font property which you can choose.
11560 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11563 \begin_inset space ~
11568 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11573 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11574 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11575 environments in a snap.
11578 \begin_layout Standard
11579 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11582 \begin_inset space ~
11594 \begin_layout Labeling
11595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11609 The possible options are:
11613 \begin_layout Labeling
11614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11619 This is the Roman font family.
11620 Normally a serif font.
11621 It's also the default family.
11631 \begin_layout Labeling
11632 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11636 \begin_inset space ~
11643 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11655 \begin_layout Labeling
11656 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11663 This is the Typewriter font family.
11669 arg "font-typewriter"
11678 \begin_layout Labeling
11679 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11684 This corresponds to the print weight.
11689 \begin_layout Labeling
11690 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11695 This is the Medium font series.
11696 It's also the default series.
11699 \begin_layout Labeling
11700 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11707 This is the Bold font series.
11720 \begin_layout Labeling
11721 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11726 As the name implies.
11731 \begin_layout Labeling
11732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11737 This is the Upright font shape.
11738 It's also the default shape.
11741 \begin_layout Labeling
11742 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11756 s the Italic font shape
11762 \begin_layout Labeling
11763 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11770 This is the Slanted font shape
11772 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11775 \begin_layout Labeling
11776 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11780 \begin_inset space ~
11787 This is the Small caps font shape
11794 \begin_layout Labeling
11795 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11800 Alters the size of the font.
11801 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11802 nal to the document font size.
11803 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11804 what you want to do.
11809 \begin_layout Labeling
11810 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11831 arg "font-size tiny"
11837 \begin_layout Labeling
11838 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11859 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11865 \begin_layout Labeling
11866 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11887 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11893 \begin_layout Labeling
11894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11915 arg "font-size small"
11921 \begin_layout Labeling
11922 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11936 It's also the default size.
11940 arg "font-size normal"
11946 \begin_layout Labeling
11947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11968 arg "font-size large"
11974 \begin_layout Labeling
11975 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11996 arg "font-size larger"
12002 \begin_layout Labeling
12003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12024 arg "font-size largest"
12030 \begin_layout Labeling
12031 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12052 arg "font-size huge"
12058 \begin_layout Labeling
12059 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12080 arg "font-size giant"
12087 \begin_layout Standard
12092 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12093 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12094 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12095 — use that instead.
12096 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12099 \begin_layout Labeling
12100 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12105 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12110 \begin_layout Labeling
12111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12118 This is text with emphasize on
12121 This might seem like the same as
12125 , but it is actually a bit different.
12131 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12133 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12136 \begin_layout Labeling
12137 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12144 This is text with Underbar on.
12150 arg "font-underline"
12156 \begin_inset Newline newline
12161 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12162 when you couldn't change fonts.
12163 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12164 It's only included in LyX because some people
12168 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12171 \begin_layout Labeling
12172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12179 This is text with Noun on.
12186 , this is a logical attribute.
12187 Normally it's equivalent to
12190 \begin_inset space ~
12199 \begin_layout Labeling
12200 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12205 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12206 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12210 \begin_inset space ~
12215 , which is the default
12216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12223 and means normally black, you can choose between
12256 \begin_inset Index idx
12259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12268 \begin_layout Labeling
12269 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12274 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12275 the language of the document.
12276 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12280 \begin_layout Standard
12281 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12282 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12284 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12286 \begin_inset space ~
12291 dialog, the settings are saved.
12292 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12293 \begin_inset Graphics
12294 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12299 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12300 when the dialog isn't visible.
12304 \begin_layout Standard
12305 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12312 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12313 (suppose you just set the shape to
12314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12332 \begin_inset space ~
12344 \begin_layout Standard
12345 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12353 \begin_inset space ~
12365 \begin_layout Itemize
12371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12378 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12396 \begin_inset Newline newline
12403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12428 \begin_inset Note Note
12431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12432 For more on phantoms see section
12433 \begin_inset space ~
12437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12439 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12449 \begin_inset Newline newline
12455 \begin_layout Itemize
12460 fonts use characters with serifs.
12461 These are the small
12462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12469 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12470 The following example will show the difference:
12471 \begin_inset Newline newline
12475 \begin_inset Newline newline
12480 text without serifs
12483 \begin_inset Newline newline
12486 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12487 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12494 \begin_layout Itemize
12500 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12501 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12504 \begin_layout Standard
12505 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12506 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12509 \begin_layout Section
12510 Printing and Previewing
12513 \begin_layout Subsection
12517 \begin_layout Standard
12518 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12519 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12520 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12521 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12522 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12524 Additional Features
12529 \begin_layout Standard
12530 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12531 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12532 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12533 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12534 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12535 This happens in two stages:
12538 \begin_layout Enumerate
12539 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12540 generating a file with the extension,
12541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12555 \begin_layout Enumerate
12556 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12560 file to produce printable output.
12564 \begin_layout Subsection
12565 Output file formats
12566 \begin_inset Index idx
12569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12578 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12585 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12587 \begin_inset Index idx
12590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12591 File formats ! ASCII
12599 \begin_layout Standard
12600 This file type has the extension
12601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12613 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12617 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12624 \begin_layout Standard
12625 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12627 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12628 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12634 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12636 \begin_inset Index idx
12639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12640 File formats ! LaTeX
12648 \begin_layout Standard
12649 This file type has the extension
12650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12661 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12663 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12664 it manually with console commands.
12665 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12666 you view or export your document.
12669 \begin_layout Standard
12670 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12672 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12673 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12690 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12692 \begin_inset Index idx
12695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12704 \begin_layout Standard
12705 This file type has the extension
12706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12726 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12727 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12728 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12732 \begin_layout Standard
12733 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12734 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12735 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12736 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12738 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12741 \begin_layout Standard
12742 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12744 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12753 \begin_inset Index idx
12756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12757 File formats ! PostScript
12765 \begin_layout Standard
12766 This file type has the extension
12767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12779 PostScript was developed by the company
12783 as a printer language.
12784 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12786 PostScript can be seen as a
12787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12790 programming language
12791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12794 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12799 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12805 \begin_inset Index idx
12808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12809 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12819 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12822 \begin_layout Standard
12823 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12827 Encapsulated PostScript
12828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12831 (EPS, file extension
12832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12844 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12845 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12850 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12854 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12855 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12856 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12857 EPS to avoid this problem.
12860 \begin_layout Standard
12861 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12863 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12864 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12870 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12872 \begin_inset Index idx
12875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12882 \begin_inset Index idx
12885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12894 \begin_layout Standard
12895 This file type has the extension
12896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12912 Portable Document Format
12913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12920 was derived from PostScript.
12921 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12930 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12931 looks exactly the same.
12934 \begin_layout Standard
12935 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12939 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12943 (JPG, file extension
12944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12971 Portable Network Graphics
12972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12975 (PNG, file extension
12976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12988 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12989 in the background to one of these formats.
12990 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12991 will slow down your workflow.
12992 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12995 \begin_layout Standard
12996 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12998 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13001 in three different ways:
13004 \begin_layout Description
13005 PDF This uses the program
13009 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13010 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13014 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13015 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13018 \begin_layout Description
13020 \begin_inset space ~
13023 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13027 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13031 \begin_layout Description
13033 \begin_inset space ~
13036 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13040 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13043 \begin_layout Standard
13044 We recommend to use
13047 \begin_inset space ~
13056 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13057 works without problems.
13062 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13065 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13067 \begin_inset Index idx
13070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13071 FileFormats ! XHTML
13077 \begin_inset Index idx
13080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13089 \begin_layout Standard
13090 This file type has the extension
13091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13103 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13104 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13105 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13106 suitable for the purpose.
13107 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13108 it, but not all do.
13111 \begin_layout Standard
13112 XHTML output remains
13113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13120 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13125 LyX and the World Wide Web
13126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13131 Additional Features
13133 manual, for more information.
13136 \begin_layout Standard
13137 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13139 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13140 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13146 \begin_layout Subsection
13148 \begin_inset Index idx
13151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13160 \begin_layout Standard
13161 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13162 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13166 and choose a file type.
13167 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13170 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13173 you can use the toolbar button
13174 \begin_inset Graphics
13175 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13182 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13187 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13189 \begin_inset space ~
13195 \begin_inset Graphics
13196 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13202 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13206 \begin_inset Graphics
13207 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13214 arg "buffer-view ps"
13220 \begin_layout Standard
13221 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13222 viewer window using the menu
13224 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13230 \begin_layout Standard
13231 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13233 To have a real output, export your document.
13236 \begin_layout Subsection
13237 Printing the File from within LyX
13238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13240 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13247 \begin_layout Standard
13248 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13249 it directly from within LyX.
13250 To print a file, select the menu
13252 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13255 or click on the toolbar button
13256 \begin_inset Graphics
13257 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13262 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13263 This file is then processed by the program
13267 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13272 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13275 \begin_layout Standard
13276 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13277 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13278 printing one set to print on the other side.
13279 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13280 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13281 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13284 \begin_layout Standard
13285 You can set the parameters in the
13288 \begin_inset space ~
13296 \begin_layout Labeling
13297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13302 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13307 Note that this printer name is for the program
13316 has to be configured for this printer name.
13317 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13318 \begin_inset space ~
13322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13324 reference "sub:Printer"
13333 The printer should understand PostScript.
13336 \begin_layout Labeling
13337 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13342 The name of a file to print to.
13343 The output will be a PostScript file.
13344 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13348 \begin_layout Section
13349 A few Words about Typography
13350 \begin_inset Index idx
13353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13362 \begin_layout Subsection
13364 \begin_inset Index idx
13367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13376 \begin_layout Standard
13378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13389 character comes in four lengths: the
13401 , and the minus sign:
13402 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13408 \begin_layout Standard
13409 \begin_inset Tabular
13410 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13411 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13412 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13413 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13414 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13415 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13444 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13484 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13509 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13511 \begin_inset space ~
13514 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13521 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13548 \begin_inset space ~
13551 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13572 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13606 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13612 \begin_layout Standard
13613 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13625 character multiple times in a row.
13626 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13627 the final output, but not in LyX.
13629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13633 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13645 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13659 \begin_layout Standard
13660 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13661 math mode and has a length of its own.
13662 Here are some examples of the
13663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13677 \begin_layout Enumerate
13678 line- and page-breaks
13679 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13689 \begin_layout Enumerate
13691 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13701 \begin_layout Enumerate
13702 Oh — there's a dash.
13703 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13713 \begin_layout Enumerate
13714 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13718 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13728 \begin_layout Subsection
13730 \begin_inset Index idx
13733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13742 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13749 \begin_layout Standard
13750 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13751 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13756 \begin_inset Index idx
13759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13760 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13765 following the rules of the document language
13769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13770 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13778 \begin_inset space ~
13782 \begin_inset space ~
13789 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13800 \begin_layout Standard
13801 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13806 font and with unusual constructs, like
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13815 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13816 This is done with the menu
13818 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13819 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13821 \begin_inset space ~
13827 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13828 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13831 \begin_layout Standard
13832 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13833 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13843 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13851 as hyphenation possibility.
13852 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13853 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13854 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13860 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13861 As LyX doesn't support
13867 , you have to use TeX Code.
13868 The result looks in LyX like:
13871 \begin_layout Standard
13872 \begin_inset Graphics
13873 filename clipart/mbox.png
13880 \begin_layout Standard
13881 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13882 \begin_inset space ~
13886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13888 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13895 \begin_layout Subsection
13897 \begin_inset Index idx
13900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13910 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13913 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13920 \begin_layout Standard
13921 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13922 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13923 LaTeX then adds the
13924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13927 appropriate amount of space
13928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13932 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13934 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13937 \begin_layout Standard
13938 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13939 not work in all cases.
13941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13952 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13953 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13956 \begin_layout Standard
13957 Here are some examples of
13961 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13964 \begin_layout Itemize
13969 \begin_layout Itemize
13974 \begin_layout Standard
13975 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13978 \begin_layout Itemize
13980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13984 this is too much space!
13987 \begin_layout Itemize
13992 \begin_layout Standard
13993 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13996 \begin_layout Standard
13997 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14000 \begin_layout Enumerate
14004 \begin_inset space ~
14009 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14010 \begin_inset space ~
14014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14016 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14021 \begin_inset Index idx
14024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14025 Spaces ! inter-word
14033 \begin_layout Enumerate
14037 \begin_inset space ~
14042 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14043 \begin_inset space ~
14047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14049 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14054 \begin_inset Index idx
14057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14066 \begin_layout Enumerate
14070 \begin_inset space ~
14074 \begin_inset space ~
14078 \begin_inset space ~
14085 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14087 \begin_inset space ~
14092 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14093 This function is also bound to
14096 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14102 \begin_layout Standard
14103 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14106 \begin_layout Itemize
14108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14112 \begin_inset space \space{}
14115 this is too much space!
14118 \begin_layout Itemize
14119 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14123 \begin_layout Standard
14124 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14125 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14126 will take care of this.
14129 \begin_layout Standard
14130 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14134 \begin_inset space ~
14139 feature described in section
14145 Additional Features
14150 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14152 \begin_inset Index idx
14155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14156 Typography ! Quotes
14162 \begin_inset Index idx
14165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14196 \begin_layout Standard
14197 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14198 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14199 and use a closing quote at the end.
14201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14209 The keyboard character,
14213 , generates this automatically.
14216 \begin_layout Standard
14217 You can change the behavior of the
14221 key using the submenu
14227 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14231 \begin_inset Index idx
14234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14235 Document ! Settings
14243 \begin_layout Standard
14244 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14249 There are six choices:
14252 \begin_layout Labeling
14253 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14265 Use quotes like this
14266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14274 \begin_inset Quotes els
14278 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14284 \begin_layout Labeling
14285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14288 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14292 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14298 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14302 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14306 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14312 \begin_layout Labeling
14313 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14316 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14320 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14326 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14330 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14334 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14338 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14344 \begin_layout Labeling
14345 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14348 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14352 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14358 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14362 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14366 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14370 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14376 \begin_layout Labeling
14377 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14380 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14384 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14390 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14394 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14398 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14402 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14408 \begin_layout Labeling
14409 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14412 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14416 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14422 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14426 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14430 \begin_inset Quotes als
14434 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14440 \begin_layout Standard
14441 These settings affect what character the
14448 \begin_layout Subsection
14450 \begin_inset Index idx
14453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14454 Typography ! Ligatures
14460 \begin_inset Index idx
14463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14494 name "sub:Ligatures"
14501 \begin_layout Standard
14502 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14503 print them as single characters.
14504 These groups are known as
14509 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14511 Here are the standard ligatures:
14514 \begin_layout Itemize
14518 \begin_layout Itemize
14522 \begin_layout Itemize
14526 \begin_layout Itemize
14530 \begin_layout Itemize
14534 \begin_layout Standard
14535 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14538 \begin_layout Standard
14539 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14540 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14548 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14564 To break a ligature, use
14566 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14567 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14569 \begin_inset space ~
14576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14587 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14604 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14612 \begin_layout Subsection
14614 \begin_inset Index idx
14617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14626 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14633 \begin_layout Standard
14634 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14635 characters in different sizes and heights.
14636 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14637 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14657 \begin_inset Note Note
14660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14661 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14669 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14670 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14675 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14679 \begin_layout Description
14680 LyX The name of the game, write
14681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14702 \begin_layout Description
14703 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14725 \begin_layout Description
14726 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14748 \begin_layout Description
14749 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14771 \begin_layout Standard
14772 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14777 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14785 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14786 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14787 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14790 : The actual version is
14791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14798 , the previous one was
14799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14809 \begin_layout Standard
14810 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14811 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14815 \begin_inset space \space{}
14818 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14820 This will look in LyX like:
14821 \begin_inset Graphics
14822 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14828 \begin_inset Newline newline
14831 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14832 \begin_inset space ~
14836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14838 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14845 \begin_layout Subsection
14847 \begin_inset Index idx
14850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14859 \begin_layout Standard
14860 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14861 space between two words.
14862 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14872 for units use the menu
14874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14875 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14877 \begin_inset space ~
14885 arg "space-insert thin"
14891 \begin_layout Standard
14892 Here's an example to show the differences:
14895 \begin_layout Standard
14896 \begin_inset Tabular
14897 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14898 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14899 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14900 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14907 \begin_inset space ~
14911 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14923 space between number and unit
14930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14939 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14951 half space between number and unit
14964 \begin_layout Subsection
14966 \begin_inset Index idx
14969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14970 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14978 \begin_layout Standard
14979 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14981 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14982 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14983 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14984 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14985 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14986 These bits of text became known as
14997 \begin_layout Standard
14998 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14999 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15000 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15001 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15002 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15003 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15004 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15008 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15009 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15010 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15011 \begin_inset space ~
15015 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15017 key "latexcompanion"
15022 \begin_inset space ~
15026 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15032 ] may have more information.
15033 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15036 \begin_layout Chapter
15037 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15040 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15047 \begin_layout Standard
15048 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15053 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15056 \begin_layout Section
15058 \begin_inset Index idx
15061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15077 \begin_layout Standard
15078 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15081 \begin_layout Description
15083 \begin_inset space ~
15086 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15087 \begin_inset Newline newline
15091 \begin_inset Note Note
15094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15095 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15103 \begin_layout Description
15104 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15105 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15107 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15108 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15109 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15112 \begin_inset Newline newline
15116 \begin_inset Note Comment
15119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15120 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15128 \begin_layout Description
15130 \begin_inset space ~
15133 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15134 \begin_inset Newline newline
15138 \begin_inset Newline newline
15142 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15151 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15152 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15153 How this can be done is explained in the
15162 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15168 \begin_inset Newline newline
15172 \begin_inset Newline newline
15175 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15176 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15179 \begin_layout Standard
15180 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15181 \begin_inset Graphics
15182 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15184 scaleBeforeRotation
15190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15194 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15197 \begin_layout Section
15199 \begin_inset Index idx
15202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15211 name "sec:Footnotes"
15218 \begin_layout Standard
15219 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15225 or the toolbar button
15226 \begin_inset Graphics
15227 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15240 \begin_inset Graphics
15241 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15250 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15279 label, the box will
15283 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15284 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15297 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15313 \begin_layout Standard
15314 Here's an example footnote:
15322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15323 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15331 \begin_layout Standard
15332 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15333 position where the footnote box is placed.
15334 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15335 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15336 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15337 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15338 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15343 ey are described in the
15350 \begin_layout Section
15352 \begin_inset Index idx
15355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15364 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15371 \begin_layout Standard
15372 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15373 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15377 \begin_inset space ~
15382 or the toolbar button
15383 \begin_inset Graphics
15384 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15411 appearing within your text.
15412 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15422 At the side is an example marginal note.
15426 \begin_inset Marginal
15429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15430 This is a marginal note.
15438 \begin_layout Standard
15439 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15440 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15441 pages, right on odd pages.
15444 \begin_layout Section
15445 Graphics and Images
15446 \begin_inset Index idx
15449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15456 \begin_inset Index idx
15459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15468 name "sec:Graphics"
15475 \begin_layout Standard
15476 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15477 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15478 \begin_inset Graphics
15479 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15489 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15492 \begin_layout Standard
15493 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15498 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15499 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15501 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15502 \begin_inset space ~
15506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15508 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15515 \begin_layout Standard
15520 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15521 of the image in the output.
15522 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15526 \begin_inset space ~
15530 \begin_inset space ~
15539 \begin_inset space ~
15543 \begin_inset space ~
15547 \begin_inset space ~
15552 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15553 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15564 LaTeX and LyX options
15566 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15567 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15571 \begin_inset space ~
15576 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15577 with the image size is printed.
15581 \begin_inset space ~
15585 \begin_inset space ~
15589 \begin_inset space ~
15594 is explained in the
15605 \begin_layout Standard
15606 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15607 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15609 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15613 \begin_layout Standard
15615 \begin_inset Graphics
15616 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15618 rotateOrigin center
15625 \begin_layout Standard
15626 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15627 the image into a float, see section
15628 \begin_inset space ~
15632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15634 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15641 \begin_layout Subsection
15643 \begin_inset Index idx
15646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15655 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15662 \begin_layout Standard
15663 You can insert images in any known file format.
15664 But as we explained in section
15665 \begin_inset space ~
15669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15671 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15675 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15676 LyX uses therefore the program
15680 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15681 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15682 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15683 \begin_inset space ~
15687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15689 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15696 \begin_layout Standard
15697 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15700 \begin_layout Description
15702 \begin_inset space ~
15705 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15706 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15707 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15711 Graphics Interchange Format
15712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15715 (GIF, file extension
15716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15728 \begin_inset Index idx
15731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15763 Portable Network Graphics
15764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15767 (PNG, file extension
15768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15780 \begin_inset Index idx
15783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15815 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15819 (JPG, file extension
15820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15844 \begin_inset Index idx
15847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15878 \begin_layout Description
15880 \begin_inset space ~
15883 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15885 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15886 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15887 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15888 \begin_inset Newline newline
15891 Scalable image formats can be
15892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15895 Scalable Vector Graphics
15896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15899 (SVG, file extension
15900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15912 \begin_inset Index idx
15915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15947 Encapsulated PostScript
15948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15951 (EPS, file extension
15952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15964 \begin_inset Index idx
15967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15999 Portable Document Format
16000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16003 (PDF, file extension
16004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16016 \begin_inset Index idx
16019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16026 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16027 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16028 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16034 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16042 \begin_layout Standard
16043 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16047 \begin_layout Subsection
16048 Grouping of Image Settings
16049 \begin_inset Index idx
16052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16053 Images ! Settings grouping
16061 \begin_layout Standard
16062 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16064 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16065 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16067 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16068 need to manually change each of them.
16072 \begin_layout Standard
16073 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16076 \begin_inset space ~
16081 field in the Graphics dialog.
16082 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16083 by checking the name of the desired group.
16086 \begin_layout Section
16088 \begin_inset Index idx
16091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16107 \begin_layout Standard
16108 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16109 \begin_inset Graphics
16110 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16121 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16122 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16123 from the rest of the table.
16124 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16125 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16127 Here's an example table:
16130 \begin_layout Standard
16132 \begin_inset Tabular
16133 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16134 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16338 \begin_layout Subsection
16342 \begin_layout Standard
16343 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16344 brings up the table dialog.
16345 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16346 where the cursor is placed currently.
16347 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16348 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16349 done on all of your selection.
16352 \begin_layout Standard
16353 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16356 \begin_inset space ~
16361 helps you in setting table properties.
16362 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16365 \begin_layout Standard
16369 \begin_inset space ~
16374 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16375 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16376 current cell respectively.
16377 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16379 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16380 of text, see section
16381 \begin_inset space ~
16385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16387 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16394 \begin_layout Standard
16395 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16401 This will merge the cells to
16405 cell, spread over more than one column.
16406 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16407 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16408 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16409 in the last row without the upper border:
16412 \begin_layout Standard
16414 \begin_inset Tabular
16415 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16416 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16418 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16431 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16440 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16516 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16551 \begin_layout Standard
16552 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16553 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16554 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16555 explained in the tables section of the
16558 \begin_inset space ~
16564 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16568 degrees counterclockwise.
16569 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16572 \begin_layout Standard
16573 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16581 Most DVI-viewers are
16585 able to display rotations.
16593 \begin_layout Standard
16598 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16603 adds lines for all cell borders.
16606 \begin_layout Subsection
16608 \begin_inset Index idx
16611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16612 Tables ! Longtables
16618 \begin_inset Index idx
16621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16630 \begin_layout Standard
16631 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16634 \begin_inset space ~
16638 \begin_inset space ~
16647 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16648 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16651 \begin_layout Description
16656 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16657 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16658 except for the first page, if
16661 \begin_inset space ~
16669 \begin_layout Description
16673 \begin_inset space ~
16678 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16679 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16682 \begin_layout Description
16687 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16688 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16689 except for the last page, if
16692 \begin_inset space ~
16700 \begin_layout Description
16704 \begin_inset space ~
16709 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16710 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16713 \begin_layout Description
16714 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16715 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16721 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16724 \begin_inset space ~
16732 \begin_layout Standard
16733 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16734 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16735 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16736 The others will then be defined as
16741 In this context, first means first in this order:
16744 \begin_inset space ~
16756 \begin_inset space ~
16762 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16765 \begin_layout Standard
16767 \begin_inset Tabular
16768 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16769 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16770 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16771 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16772 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16773 <row endfirsthead="true">
16774 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16780 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16785 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16794 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16804 <row endfirsthead="true">
16805 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16816 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16825 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16837 <row endhead="true">
16838 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16849 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16858 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16868 <row endhead="true">
16869 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16880 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16889 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 <row endfoot="true">
16902 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16913 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16922 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16953 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17894 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18047 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18233 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18264 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18295 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18326 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18357 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18388 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18481 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18512 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18543 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18574 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18605 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18636 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18698 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18729 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18791 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18822 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18853 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <row endlastfoot="true">
18884 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18895 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18904 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18921 \begin_layout Subsection
18923 \begin_inset Index idx
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18935 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18942 \begin_layout Standard
18943 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18944 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18945 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18946 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18950 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18951 for the cell's paragraph.
18954 \begin_layout Standard
18955 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18956 for the column in the table dialog.
18957 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18958 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18962 \begin_layout Standard
18964 \begin_inset Tabular
18965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18966 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18968 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18969 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19058 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 This is longer now.
19119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19170 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19171 This is longer now.
19176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19202 \begin_layout Standard
19203 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19204 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19209 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19210 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19216 Selection with the mouse or with
19220 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19221 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19222 the selection from outside the table.
19225 \begin_layout Section
19227 \begin_inset Index idx
19230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19246 \begin_layout Standard
19247 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19248 have a fixed location.
19250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19257 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19265 \begin_inset space ~
19270 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19271 too many notes on the page.
19274 \begin_layout Standard
19275 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19276 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19277 and pages without text.
19278 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19279 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19280 Floats are therefore numbered.
19281 Referencing is described in section
19282 \begin_inset space ~
19286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19288 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19295 \begin_layout Standard
19296 To insert a float, use the menu
19298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19302 A box with a caption that has e.
19303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19307 \begin_inset space \space{}
19311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19315 \begin_inset space ~
19319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19322 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19323 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19325 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19326 \begin_inset Index idx
19329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19335 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19336 paragraph within the float.
19337 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19338 by left-clicking on the box label.
19339 A closed float box looks like this:
19340 \begin_inset Graphics
19341 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19346 – a gray button with a red label.
19349 \begin_layout Standard
19350 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19351 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19354 \begin_layout Subsection
19358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19360 \begin_inset Index idx
19363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19364 Floats ! Figure floats
19370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19372 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19379 \begin_layout Standard
19382 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19383 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19386 inserts a float with the label
19387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19393 \begin_inset space ~
19399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19403 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19404 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19405 This is what we did for Figure
19406 \begin_inset space ~
19410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19412 reference "cap:Platypus"
19417 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19418 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19419 This was done in Figure
19420 \begin_inset space ~
19424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19426 reference "cap:Escher"
19433 \begin_layout Standard
19434 \begin_inset Float figure
19439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19441 \begin_inset Graphics
19442 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19444 rotateOrigin center
19451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19452 \begin_inset Caption
19454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19457 name "cap:Platypus"
19461 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19474 \begin_layout Standard
19475 \begin_inset Float figure
19480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19481 \begin_inset Caption
19483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19484 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19501 \begin_inset Graphics
19502 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19504 rotateOrigin center
19516 \begin_layout Standard
19517 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19519 As described in section
19520 \begin_inset space ~
19524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19526 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19530 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19535 and refer to it using the menu
19537 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19541 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19550 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19562 \begin_layout Standard
19563 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19564 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19565 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19566 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19568 \begin_inset space ~
19572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19574 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19578 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19579 You can also set the images one below the other.
19581 \begin_inset space ~
19585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19587 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19594 reference "fig:Platypus"
19598 are the subfigures.
19601 \begin_layout Standard
19602 \begin_inset Float figure
19607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19612 \begin_inset Float figure
19617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19618 \begin_inset Caption
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19623 name "fig:Undefinable"
19635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19636 \begin_inset Graphics
19637 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19652 \begin_inset Float figure
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 \begin_inset Caption
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19661 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19663 name "fig:Platypus"
19675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19676 \begin_inset Graphics
19677 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19689 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 \begin_inset Caption
19698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19701 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19705 Two distorted images.
19718 \begin_layout Standard
19719 Note that the caption is added to the
19722 \begin_inset space ~
19726 \begin_inset space ~
19731 as described in section
19732 \begin_inset space ~
19736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19738 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19745 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19747 \begin_inset Index idx
19750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19751 Floats ! Table floats
19759 \begin_layout Standard
19760 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19762 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19763 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19767 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19770 \begin_inset space ~
19774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19776 reference "cap:Table-float"
19780 is an example of a table float.
19783 \begin_layout Standard
19784 \begin_inset Float table
19789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19790 \begin_inset Caption
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19795 name "cap:Table-float"
19807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19809 \begin_inset Tabular
19810 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19811 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19812 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19813 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19814 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19941 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19962 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19965 \end{array}\right]$
19973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19986 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20007 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20009 \begin_inset Index idx
20012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20013 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20021 \begin_layout Standard
20022 This float type is inserted with the menu
20024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20025 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20029 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20030 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20034 , described in section
20035 \begin_inset space ~
20039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20041 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20048 \begin_layout Standard
20049 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20057 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20063 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20066 \begin_layout Standard
20071 floatname{algorithm}{your
20072 \begin_inset space ~
20078 \begin_layout Standard
20079 to the document preamble (menu
20081 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20088 \begin_inset space ~
20094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20110 \begin_inset Index idx
20113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20122 \begin_layout Standard
20123 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20131 \begin_inset Graphics
20132 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20134 rotateOrigin center
20141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20142 \begin_inset Caption
20144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20147 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20151 This is a wrapped figure.
20152 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20165 This float type is used if you want to
20166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20173 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20175 It can be inserted using the menu
20177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20178 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20180 \begin_inset space ~
20185 if the LaTeX-package
20190 \begin_inset Index idx
20193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20194 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20204 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20207 \begin_inset space ~
20217 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20220 \begin_inset space ~
20224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20226 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20230 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20239 Available units are explained in Appendix
20240 \begin_inset space ~
20244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20246 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20255 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20259 \begin_layout Standard
20260 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20268 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20273 \begin_inset space \space{}
20276 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20277 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20286 \begin_layout Itemize
20287 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20288 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20289 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20290 page breaks will appear.
20293 \begin_layout Itemize
20294 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20295 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20298 \begin_layout Itemize
20299 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20300 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20303 \begin_layout Itemize
20304 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20307 \begin_layout Subsection
20309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20311 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20316 \begin_inset Index idx
20319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 \begin_layout Standard
20329 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20330 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20334 \begin_inset space ~
20342 \begin_layout Standard
20343 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20344 have a multicolumn document).
20345 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20348 \begin_inset space ~
20354 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20355 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20362 \begin_layout Standard
20363 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20364 format is also the same: Table
20365 \begin_inset space ~
20369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20371 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20375 is an example of a rotated table float.
20378 \begin_layout Standard
20379 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20387 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20395 \begin_layout Standard
20396 \begin_inset Float table
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20402 \begin_inset Caption
20404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20407 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20421 \begin_inset Tabular
20422 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20423 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20424 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20425 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20426 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20427 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20428 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20488 \begin_layout Subsection
20490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20492 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20497 \begin_inset Index idx
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20509 \begin_layout Standard
20510 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20511 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20512 \begin_inset Newline newline
20518 \begin_inset space ~
20523 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20524 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20525 \begin_inset Newline newline
20531 \begin_inset space ~
20536 is used to rotate floats, see section
20537 \begin_inset space ~
20541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20543 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20550 \begin_layout Standard
20551 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20552 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20555 \begin_inset space ~
20559 \begin_inset space ~
20567 \begin_layout Description
20569 \begin_inset space ~
20573 \begin_inset space ~
20576 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20579 \begin_layout Description
20581 \begin_inset space ~
20585 \begin_inset space ~
20588 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20591 \begin_layout Description
20593 \begin_inset space ~
20597 \begin_inset space ~
20600 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20603 \begin_layout Description
20605 \begin_inset space ~
20609 \begin_inset space ~
20612 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20615 \begin_layout Standard
20616 The order of the above option is
20621 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20625 \begin_inset space ~
20629 \begin_inset space ~
20637 \begin_inset space ~
20641 \begin_inset space ~
20646 , and then the others.
20647 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20649 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20650 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20653 \begin_layout Standard
20654 By default, each option has its own rules:
20657 \begin_layout Standard
20661 \begin_inset space ~
20665 \begin_inset space ~
20670 only floats occupying less than 70
20671 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20674 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20677 \begin_layout Standard
20681 \begin_inset space ~
20685 \begin_inset space ~
20690 : only floats occupying less than 30
20691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20694 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20697 \begin_layout Standard
20701 \begin_inset space ~
20705 \begin_inset space ~
20710 : only if more than 50
20711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20714 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20718 \begin_layout Standard
20719 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20723 \begin_inset space ~
20727 \begin_inset space ~
20735 \begin_layout Standard
20736 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20737 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20738 For this case you can use the option
20741 \begin_inset space ~
20747 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20749 Because the float is then no longer able to
20750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20757 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20760 \begin_layout Standard
20761 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20762 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20765 \begin_layout Standard
20766 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20768 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20770 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20777 \begin_layout Section
20779 \begin_inset Index idx
20782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20791 name "sec:Minipages"
20798 \begin_layout Standard
20799 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20801 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20802 \begin_inset space ~
20809 \begin_layout Standard
20810 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20812 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20816 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20817 and its alignment within the page.
20820 \begin_layout Standard
20822 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20831 height_special "totalheight"
20834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20837 This is a minipage.
20838 The text is set in an italic style.
20841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20844 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20845 another formatting.
20853 \begin_layout Standard
20854 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20857 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20861 as described in section
20862 \begin_inset space ~
20866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20868 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20873 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20879 \begin_layout Standard
20880 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20889 height_special "totalheight"
20892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20893 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20894 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20900 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20904 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20913 height_special "totalheight"
20916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20917 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20918 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20926 \begin_layout Standard
20927 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20933 \begin_layout Standard
20934 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20935 to other box types.
20936 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20947 \begin_layout Chapter
20948 Mathematical Formulas
20949 \begin_inset Index idx
20952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20959 \begin_inset Index idx
20962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20993 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21000 \begin_layout Standard
21001 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21006 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21009 \begin_layout Section
21011 \begin_inset Index idx
21014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21023 \begin_layout Standard
21024 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21025 \begin_inset Graphics
21026 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21031 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21033 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21034 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21035 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21037 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21043 \begin_layout Standard
21044 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21048 \begin_inset space ~
21053 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21056 \begin_layout Standard
21057 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21058 line, like this one:
21061 \begin_layout Standard
21062 This is a line with an inline formula
21063 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21069 \begin_layout Standard
21070 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21071 paragraph, like this one:
21072 \begin_inset Formula \[
21077 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21080 \begin_layout Standard
21081 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21087 \begin_inset space \space{}
21091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21104 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21105 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21109 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21112 \begin_inset space ~
21120 \begin_layout Subsection
21121 Navigating in Formulas
21122 \begin_inset Index idx
21125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21134 \begin_layout Standard
21135 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21136 achieved with the arrow keys.
21137 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21138 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21143 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21144 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21148 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21152 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21155 \end{array}\right]$
21163 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21168 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21169 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21172 \begin_layout Standard
21177 , printed in this document as
21178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21199 \begin_inset Note Note
21202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21203 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21204 space character (visible space).
21209 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21210 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21211 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21216 For example, if you want
21217 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21271 , since in the latter case only the
21274 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21279 will be under the square root sign:
21280 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21286 \begin_layout Standard
21287 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21289 \begin_inset Formula \[
21290 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21294 \end{array}\right)\]
21298 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21299 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21302 \begin_layout Subsection
21306 \begin_layout Standard
21307 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21308 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21312 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21313 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21314 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21315 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21316 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21319 \begin_layout Subsection
21320 Exponents and Subscripts
21321 \begin_inset Index idx
21324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21331 \begin_inset Index idx
21334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21343 \begin_layout Standard
21344 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21345 way is to use a command.
21347 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21350 , type in a formula
21356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21372 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21378 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21382 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21403 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21412 , you have to use an extra
21416 to separate the hat and the character.
21418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21422 \begin_inset space \space{}
21426 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21447 Subscripts are similar: To get
21448 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21471 \begin_layout Subsection
21473 \begin_inset Index idx
21476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21485 \begin_layout Standard
21486 Create a fraction with either the command
21493 \begin_inset Graphics
21494 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21502 \begin_inset space ~
21508 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21509 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21510 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21515 To move back up, press
21520 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21521 \begin_inset Formula \[
21522 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21525 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21532 \begin_layout Subsection
21534 \begin_inset Index idx
21537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21546 \begin_layout Standard
21547 Roots can be created using the
21550 \begin_inset space ~
21556 \begin_inset Graphics
21557 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21580 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21586 produces always a square root.
21589 \begin_layout Subsection
21590 Operators with Limits
21591 \begin_inset Index idx
21594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21601 \begin_inset Index idx
21604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21611 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21613 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21620 \begin_layout Standard
21622 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21626 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21629 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21630 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21631 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21632 The sum operator will automatically place its
21633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21640 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21643 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21647 \begin_inset Formula \[
21648 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21652 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21656 \begin_layout Standard
21657 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21659 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21660 behind the operator and hitting
21668 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21669 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21671 \begin_inset space ~
21675 \begin_inset space ~
21683 \begin_layout Standard
21684 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21692 feature as addition, such as
21693 \begin_inset Index idx
21696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21703 \begin_inset Formula \[
21704 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21708 which will place the
21709 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21721 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21722 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21728 \begin_layout Standard
21729 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21736 Have a look at section
21737 \begin_inset space ~
21741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21743 reference "sub:Functions"
21747 for an explanation of function macros.
21750 \begin_layout Subsection
21752 \begin_inset Index idx
21755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21764 \begin_layout Standard
21765 Most math symbols can be found in the
21768 \begin_inset space ~
21773 under one of several categories; including
21790 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21794 \begin_layout Standard
21795 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21796 you don't have to use the
21799 \begin_inset space ~
21804 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21805 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21808 \begin_layout Subsection
21810 \begin_inset Index idx
21813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21822 \begin_layout Standard
21823 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21828 arg "space-insert protected"
21834 \begin_inset space ~
21840 \begin_inset Graphics
21841 filename ../images/math/space.png
21846 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21847 For example, the sequence
21852 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21856 \begin_inset Graphics
21857 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21862 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21863 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21864 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21865 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21867 Here are two examples:
21870 \begin_layout Standard
21880 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21886 \begin_layout Standard
21896 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21902 \begin_layout Subsection
21904 \begin_inset Index idx
21907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21916 name "sub:Functions"
21923 \begin_layout Standard
21927 \begin_inset space ~
21932 contains under the button
21933 \begin_inset Graphics
21934 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21938 a number of function macros, such as
21939 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21943 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21951 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21958 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21959 avoid confusions, because
21960 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21964 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
21970 \begin_layout Standard
21971 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21973 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21977 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21983 \begin_layout Standard
21984 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21985 s are placed, as described in section
21986 \begin_inset space ~
21990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21992 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21999 \begin_layout Subsection
22001 \begin_inset Index idx
22004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22013 \begin_layout Standard
22014 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22016 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22017 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22022 \begin_inset space \space{}
22026 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22029 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22030 Our example is entered by typing
22038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22051 \begin_inset space ~
22055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22057 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22061 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22064 \begin_layout Standard
22065 \begin_inset Float table
22070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22071 \begin_inset Caption
22073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22076 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22080 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22090 \begin_inset Tabular
22091 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22092 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22093 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22179 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22233 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22287 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22341 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22395 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22449 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22503 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22557 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22611 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22656 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22677 \begin_layout Standard
22678 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22681 \begin_inset space ~
22687 \begin_inset Graphics
22688 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22692 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22696 \begin_layout Section
22697 Brackets and Delimiters
22698 \begin_inset Index idx
22701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22708 \begin_inset Index idx
22711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22720 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22727 \begin_layout Standard
22728 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22729 For most purposes, using just the keys
22734 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22735 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22736 toolbar delimiter icon
22737 \begin_inset Graphics
22738 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22743 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22745 \begin_inset Formula \[
22746 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22749 \end{array}\right]\]
22753 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22754 \begin_inset Formula \[
22755 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22762 \begin_layout Standard
22763 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22764 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22767 \begin_layout Standard
22768 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22769 left side and right side.
22770 If you use the option
22773 \begin_inset space ~
22778 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22779 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22780 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22781 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22784 \begin_layout Standard
22785 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22786 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22787 inside the brackets.
22788 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22793 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22796 \begin_layout Section
22797 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22798 \begin_inset Index idx
22801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22808 \begin_inset Index idx
22811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22818 \begin_inset Index idx
22821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22822 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22830 \begin_layout Standard
22831 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22834 \begin_inset space ~
22840 \begin_inset Graphics
22841 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22846 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22847 Here is an example:
22848 \begin_inset Formula \[
22849 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22853 \end{array}\right)\]
22857 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22858 \begin_inset space ~
22862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22864 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22869 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22870 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22871 This alignment is set in the box
22876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22924 for every column as default.
22925 For example, the sequence
22926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22937 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22938 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22939 corresponds to the relevant column.
22940 The result will look like this:
22941 \begin_inset Formula \[
22943 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22944 column & has & has\, right\\
22945 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22953 \begin_layout Standard
22954 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22957 arg "newline-insert newline"
22960 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22961 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22963 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22966 or the math toolbar.
22969 \begin_layout Standard
22970 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22971 It can be created with the menu
22973 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22974 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22976 \begin_inset space ~
22988 Here is an example:
22989 \begin_inset Formula \[
23001 \begin_layout Standard
23002 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23005 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23008 arg "newline-insert newline"
23012 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23017 arg "newline-insert newline"
23020 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23028 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23029 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23030 A new row is created by every further hit of
23033 arg "newline-insert newline"
23037 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23038 Here is an example:
23039 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23040 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23041 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23046 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23047 where you want to start the shift and hit
23052 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23053 position to the next column.
23054 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23055 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23056 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23057 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23064 \begin_layout Standard
23065 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23072 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23073 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23076 reference "eq:asquared"
23081 The other types are described in section
23082 \begin_inset space ~
23086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23088 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23095 \begin_layout Section
23096 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23097 \begin_inset Index idx
23100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23101 Math ! Formula numbering
23107 \begin_inset Index idx
23110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23111 Math ! Referencing formulas
23117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23119 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23126 \begin_layout Standard
23127 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23129 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23130 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23132 \begin_inset space ~
23140 arg "math-number-toggle"
23144 The formula number appears in LyX as
23145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23152 within parentheses.
23154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23161 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23163 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23164 the document class.
23165 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23166 separated by a dot:
23167 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23168 1+1=2\end{equation}
23175 arg "math-number-toggle"
23178 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23179 You can only number displayed formulas.
23182 \begin_layout Standard
23183 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23185 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23186 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23188 \begin_inset space ~
23192 \begin_inset space ~
23196 \begin_inset space ~
23204 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23207 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23208 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23210 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23216 To number all lines use the shortcut
23219 arg "math-number-toggle"
23225 \begin_layout Standard
23226 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23229 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23230 A label is inserted with the menu
23232 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23235 when the cursor is in the formula.
23236 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23237 It is recommended to use the proposed
23238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23249 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23250 type when you have many labels in your document.
23251 We inserted in the following example the label
23252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23259 in the second line:
23260 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23261 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23262 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23267 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23268 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23278 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23282 \begin_inset space ~
23288 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23289 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23290 as the formula number:
23293 \begin_layout Standard
23294 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23297 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23304 \begin_layout Standard
23305 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23306 \begin_inset space ~
23310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23312 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23317 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23323 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23328 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23336 \begin_layout Section
23337 User defined math macros
23338 \begin_inset Index idx
23341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23350 \begin_layout Standard
23351 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23352 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23353 Math macros are explained in section
23356 \begin_inset space ~
23368 \begin_layout Section
23372 \begin_layout Subsection
23374 \begin_inset Index idx
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23386 \begin_layout Standard
23387 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23388 To set a font in a formula, use the
23391 \begin_inset space ~
23397 \begin_inset Graphics
23398 filename ../images/math/font.png
23402 , or enter its command, listed in table
23403 \begin_inset space ~
23407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23409 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23416 \begin_layout Standard
23417 \begin_inset Float table
23422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23423 \begin_inset Caption
23425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23428 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23432 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23442 \begin_inset Tabular
23443 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23444 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23478 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23505 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23532 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23565 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23592 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23619 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23653 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23680 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23714 \begin_layout Standard
23715 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23723 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23739 \begin_layout Standard
23740 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23741 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23746 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23747 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23748 Here an example where
23749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23760 denotes the set of numbers:
23761 \begin_inset Formula \[
23762 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23769 \begin_layout Standard
23770 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23772 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23776 \begin_inset space \space{}
23788 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23792 \begin_inset Newline newline
23795 So it is better not to use this feature.
23798 \begin_layout Standard
23799 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23800 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23804 \begin_inset Newline newline
23807 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23813 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23814 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23820 \begin_layout Standard
23827 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23830 \begin_layout Standard
23831 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23833 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23834 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23836 \begin_inset space ~
23844 \begin_layout Subsection
23846 \begin_inset Index idx
23849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23858 \begin_layout Standard
23859 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23861 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23865 \begin_inset space ~
23869 \begin_inset space ~
23877 \begin_inset space ~
23883 \begin_inset Graphics
23884 filename ../images/math/font.png
23895 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23896 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23897 Here is an example:
23898 \begin_inset Formula \[
23900 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23901 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23909 \begin_layout Subsection
23911 \begin_inset Index idx
23914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23923 \begin_layout Standard
23924 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23925 automatically chosen in most situations.
23943 For most characters,
23951 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23952 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23957 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23958 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23960 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23961 \begin_inset Graphics
23962 filename ../images/math/style.png
23967 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23968 For example, you can set
23969 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23972 , which is normally in
23981 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23985 The four styles are used in the following example:
23988 \begin_layout Standard
23989 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23993 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23997 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24001 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24007 \begin_layout Standard
24008 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24009 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24013 \begin_inset space ~
24018 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24019 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24020 will be adjusted to correspond.
24021 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24032 \begin_layout Standard
24036 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24042 \begin_layout Section
24046 \begin_layout Standard
24047 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24048 the document classes and into layout modules.
24049 \begin_inset Index idx
24052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24058 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24059 other than the AMS classes.
24061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24063 reference "sub:Modules"
24067 for more on layout modules.
24070 \begin_layout Section
24072 \begin_inset Index idx
24075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24082 \begin_inset Index idx
24085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24094 \begin_layout Standard
24095 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24096 (AMS) that are in common use.
24099 \begin_layout Subsection
24100 Enabling AMS-Support
24103 \begin_layout Standard
24104 Selecting the checkbox
24107 \begin_inset space ~
24111 \begin_inset space ~
24115 \begin_inset space ~
24122 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24126 \begin_inset Index idx
24129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24130 Document ! Settings
24138 \begin_inset space ~
24143 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24145 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24146 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24149 \begin_layout Subsection
24151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24153 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24158 \begin_inset Index idx
24161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24162 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24170 \begin_layout Standard
24171 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24172 LyX allows you to choose between
24193 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24196 \begin_layout Chapter
24200 \begin_layout Section
24202 \begin_inset Index idx
24205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24214 name "sec:Cross-References"
24221 \begin_layout Standard
24222 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24223 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24225 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24226 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24227 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24230 \begin_layout Enumerate
24234 \begin_layout Enumerate
24235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24237 name "enu:Second-item"
24244 \begin_layout Enumerate
24248 \begin_layout Standard
24249 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24251 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24254 or by pressing the toolbar button
24255 \begin_inset Graphics
24256 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24262 A grey label box like this:
24263 \begin_inset Graphics
24264 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24269 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24270 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24305 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24306 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24310 \begin_inset space \space{}
24313 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24328 \begin_layout Standard
24329 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24331 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24334 or the toolbar button
24335 \begin_inset Graphics
24336 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24342 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24343 \begin_inset Graphics
24344 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24349 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24351 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24364 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24368 \begin_layout Standard
24371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24374 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24379 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24380 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24382 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24388 \begin_layout Standard
24389 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24390 \begin_inset space ~
24394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24396 reference "enu:Second-item"
24403 \begin_layout Standard
24404 It is recommended to use a protected space
24408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24409 described in section
24410 \begin_inset space ~
24414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24416 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24425 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24429 \begin_layout Standard
24430 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24433 \begin_layout Description
24434 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24437 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24444 \begin_layout Description
24445 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24446 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24458 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24465 \begin_layout Description
24466 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24467 \begin_inset space ~
24471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24472 LatexCommand pageref
24473 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24480 \begin_layout Description
24482 \begin_inset space ~
24486 \begin_inset space ~
24489 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24491 LatexCommand vpageref
24492 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24499 \begin_layout Description
24501 \begin_inset space ~
24505 \begin_inset space ~
24509 \begin_inset space ~
24512 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24516 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24523 \begin_layout Description
24525 \begin_inset space ~
24528 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24529 \begin_inset Newline newline
24533 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24541 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24546 \begin_inset Index idx
24549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24550 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24563 \begin_layout Standard
24564 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24565 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24571 \begin_inset space \space{}
24575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24589 \begin_layout Standard
24590 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24591 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24592 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24596 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24600 \begin_layout Standard
24601 You can only use the style
24605 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24609 is always possible.
24612 \begin_layout Standard
24613 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24614 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24615 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24616 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24617 \begin_inset space ~
24621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24623 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24630 \begin_layout Standard
24634 \begin_inset space ~
24638 \begin_inset space ~
24643 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24645 The button text changes then to
24648 \begin_inset space ~
24653 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24654 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24655 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24656 \begin_inset Graphics
24657 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24658 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24659 rotateOrigin center
24666 \begin_layout Standard
24667 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24668 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24669 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24672 \begin_layout Standard
24673 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24674 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24677 \begin_layout Standard
24678 References are described in detail in the
24685 \begin_layout Section
24686 Table of Contents and other Listings
24687 \begin_inset Index idx
24690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24697 \begin_inset Index idx
24700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24707 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24716 \begin_layout Subsection
24718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24720 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24727 \begin_layout Standard
24728 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24731 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24733 \begin_inset space ~
24737 \begin_inset space ~
24743 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24744 If you click on it, the
24748 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24749 sections in your documents.
24750 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24752 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24755 that is described in sec.
24756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24762 reference "sec:Navigating"
24769 \begin_layout Standard
24770 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24771 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24773 \begin_inset space ~
24777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24779 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24783 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24785 \begin_inset space ~
24789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24791 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24795 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24797 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24800 \begin_layout Subsection
24801 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24804 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24811 \begin_layout Standard
24812 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24813 You can insert them via the
24815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24817 \begin_inset space ~
24821 \begin_inset space ~
24827 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24830 \begin_layout Section
24831 URLs and Hyperlinks
24832 \begin_inset Index idx
24835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24842 \begin_inset Index idx
24845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24854 \begin_layout Subsection
24856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24865 \begin_layout Standard
24866 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24868 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24874 \begin_layout Standard
24875 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24876 \begin_inset Flex URL
24879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24889 \begin_layout Standard
24890 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24896 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24900 \begin_layout Standard
24901 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24909 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24917 \begin_layout Subsection
24919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24921 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24928 \begin_layout Standard
24929 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24934 or with the toolbar button
24935 \begin_inset Graphics
24936 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24937 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24942 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24951 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24952 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24953 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24955 name "LyX's homepage"
24956 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24960 , an Email address like this:
24961 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24963 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24964 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24969 , or a link to a file.
24972 \begin_layout Standard
24973 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24986 to the link target.
24989 \begin_layout Standard
24990 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24991 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24992 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24993 the text style dialog.
24994 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24998 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25000 name "LyX's homepage"
25001 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25008 \begin_layout Standard
25009 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25013 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25015 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25016 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25020 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25022 \begin_inset Newline newline
25030 \begin_inset Newline newline
25037 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25040 \begin_layout Section
25042 \begin_inset Index idx
25045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25054 name "sec:Appendices"
25061 \begin_layout Standard
25062 Appendices are created with the menu
25064 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25066 \begin_inset space ~
25070 \begin_inset space ~
25076 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25077 as the appendix region.
25078 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25081 \begin_layout Standard
25082 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25083 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25084 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25085 and the subsection number.
25086 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25090 \begin_layout Standard
25092 \begin_inset space ~
25096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25098 reference "cha:Credits"
25103 \begin_inset space ~
25107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25109 reference "sub:Export"
25116 \begin_layout Section
25118 \begin_inset Index idx
25121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25130 name "sec:Bibliography"
25137 \begin_layout Standard
25138 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25139 You can include a bibliography database,
25143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25144 Known under the name
25145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25157 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25158 manually, using the paragraph environment
25162 , which was described in section
25163 \begin_inset space ~
25167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25169 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25174 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25175 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25179 use a bibliography database.
25182 \begin_layout Subsection
25183 The Bibliography Environment
25186 \begin_layout Standard
25191 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25193 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25202 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25204 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25213 , a short form of its title, as key.
25216 \begin_layout Standard
25217 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25222 or the toolbar button
25223 \begin_inset Graphics
25224 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25230 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25231 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25232 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25233 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25237 \begin_layout Standard
25238 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25239 entry with surrounding brackets.
25244 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25245 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25257 \begin_layout Standard
25260 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25263 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25265 key "latexcompanion"
25272 \begin_layout Standard
25273 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25274 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25283 \begin_layout Subsection
25284 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25285 \begin_inset Index idx
25288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25289 Bibliography ! Databases
25295 \begin_inset Index idx
25298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25299 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25307 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25314 \begin_layout Standard
25315 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25321 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25323 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25324 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25329 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25331 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25332 your working field in a database.
25333 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25334 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25336 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25340 \begin_layout Standard
25341 The database is a text file with the file extension
25342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25353 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25354 The format is explained in
25355 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25361 and in LaTeX books (
25362 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25364 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25369 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25370 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25371 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25372 \begin_inset Flex URL
25375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25377 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25385 \begin_layout Standard
25386 To use a database, use the menu
25388 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25393 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25406 \begin_inset space ~
25412 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25413 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25416 Add bibliography to TOC
25418 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25423 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25427 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25439 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25440 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25441 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25443 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25449 For information how this is done, have a look at
25450 \begin_inset Newline newline
25454 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25456 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25468 \begin_layout Standard
25469 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25472 \begin_layout Standard
25473 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25474 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25477 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25505 \begin_inset space ~
25511 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25517 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25526 \begin_layout Standard
25527 When you select the option
25529 Sectioned bibliography
25533 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25536 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25537 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25539 Customizing Bibliographies
25547 Additional Features
25552 \begin_layout Standard
25553 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25554 the two methods of creating them.
25555 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25556 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25557 We used the style file
25561 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25564 \begin_layout Subsection
25565 Bibliography layout
25566 \begin_inset Index idx
25569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25570 Bibliography ! Layout
25578 \begin_layout Standard
25579 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25580 For this feature you need to enable the option
25586 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25590 \begin_inset Index idx
25593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25594 Document ! Settings
25604 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25605 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25606 in the previous section.
25609 \begin_layout Standard
25610 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25611 in the citation reference window.
25612 Here an example where we set the text
25613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25617 \begin_inset space ~
25621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25624 to appear after the reference:
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25629 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25632 key "latexcompanion"
25639 \begin_layout Section
25641 \begin_inset Index idx
25644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25660 \begin_layout Standard
25661 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25665 \begin_inset space ~
25670 or the toolbar button
25671 \begin_inset Graphics
25672 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25673 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25690 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25691 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25692 by LyX as the index entry.
25695 \begin_layout Standard
25696 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25697 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25699 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25701 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25708 \begin_layout Standard
25709 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25713 \begin_inset space ~
25717 \begin_inset space ~
25720 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25722 \begin_inset space ~
25728 A light blue box labeled
25729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25740 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25741 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25744 \begin_layout Subsection
25745 Grouping Index Entries
25746 \begin_inset Index idx
25749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25758 \begin_layout Standard
25759 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25761 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25762 lists under the entry
25763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25771 First we create the entry
25772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25780 \begin_inset space ~
25784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25786 reference "sub:Lists"
25791 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25792 \begin_inset space ~
25796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25798 reference "sec:Itemize"
25802 , we insert the command
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25811 \begin_layout Standard
25815 \begin_layout Standard
25821 \begin_layout Standard
25822 for the enumerated list in section
25823 \begin_inset space ~
25827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25829 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25836 \begin_layout Standard
25837 The exclamation mark
25838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25845 marks the grouping levels.
25846 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25847 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25848 If we don't have an index entry for
25849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25856 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25859 \begin_layout Subsection
25861 \begin_inset Index idx
25864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25865 Index ! Page ranges
25873 \begin_layout Standard
25874 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25876 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25877 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25879 \begin_inset space ~
25883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25885 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25892 \begin_layout Standard
25895 Paragraph environments|(
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25899 and another entry at the end of section
25900 \begin_inset space ~
25904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25906 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25913 \begin_layout Standard
25916 Paragraph environments|)
25919 \begin_layout Standard
25921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25944 respectively start and end the index range.
25945 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25946 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25947 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25948 An example is the index entry
25949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25952 Document ! Settings
25953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25959 \begin_layout Subsection
25961 \begin_inset Index idx
25964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25965 Index ! Cross referencing
25973 \begin_layout Standard
25974 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25975 We referred for example in the index entry
25976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25984 \begin_inset space ~
25988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25990 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25994 ) to the index entry
25995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26002 in the same section using the entry
26005 \begin_layout Standard
26008 GIF|see{Image formats}
26011 \begin_layout Standard
26012 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26013 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26014 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26017 \begin_layout Subsection
26019 \begin_inset Index idx
26022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26023 Index ! Entry order
26031 \begin_layout Standard
26032 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26033 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26034 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26039 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26041 \begin_inset space ~
26045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26047 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26056 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26057 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26082 \begin_inset Index idx
26085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26086 Dummy entries ! maïs
26092 \begin_inset Index idx
26095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26096 Dummy entries ! maître
26102 \begin_inset Index idx
26105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26106 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26111 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26112 order maïs, maison, maître.
26113 To achieve this, we use the command
26116 \begin_layout Standard
26119 previous entry@current entry
26122 \begin_layout Standard
26123 In our case we want to have
26124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26139 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26142 \begin_layout Standard
26148 \begin_layout Standard
26149 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26150 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26154 \begin_layout Standard
26155 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26161 \begin_layout Standard
26162 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26167 to generate the index (see sec.
26168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26174 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26183 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26191 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26195 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26196 index commands start with
26197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26209 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26214 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26217 \begin_layout Standard
26229 \begin_layout Standard
26241 \begin_layout Subsection
26243 \begin_inset Index idx
26246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26247 Index ! Entry layout
26255 \begin_layout Standard
26256 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26257 \begin_inset Index idx
26260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26263 This is an italic dummy entry
26268 You can also format the page number using the character
26269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26276 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26277 We can write for example
26280 \begin_layout Standard
26283 italic page number:|textit
26286 \begin_layout Standard
26287 to get the page number in italic.
26288 \begin_inset Index idx
26291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26292 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26297 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26315 \begin_inset space ~
26321 Have a look at section
26322 \begin_inset space ~
26326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26328 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26332 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26335 \begin_layout Standard
26336 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26344 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26348 to generate the index, see sec.
26349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26355 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26364 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26365 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26367 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26370 key "latexcompanion"
26382 \begin_layout Standard
26383 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26385 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26386 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26387 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26388 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26389 If so, put the following in the preamble
26392 \begin_layout Standard
26404 \begin_layout Standard
26408 \begin_layout Standard
26414 \begin_layout Standard
26415 in the index entry.
26416 \begin_inset Index idx
26419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26420 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26425 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26426 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26427 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26430 \begin_layout Standard
26431 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26437 \begin_inset space \space{}
26440 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26441 for all index entries.
26442 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26454 documentation for details,
26455 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26457 key "makeindex,xindy"
26464 \begin_layout Subsection
26466 \begin_inset Index idx
26469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26478 name "sub:Index-Program"
26485 \begin_layout Standard
26486 If the index entry program
26490 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26494 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26503 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26504 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26505 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26506 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26507 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26517 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26518 dialog, see section
26519 \begin_inset space ~
26523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26525 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26530 The available options are listed and explained in
26531 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26533 key "makeindex,xindy"
26538 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26542 \begin_layout Standard
26543 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26544 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26547 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26548 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26549 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26553 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26554 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26557 \begin_layout Subsection
26561 \begin_layout Standard
26562 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26563 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26571 next to the standard index.
26572 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26573 packages that add this feature.
26579 \begin_inset Index idx
26582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26583 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26588 package to generate multiple indexes.
26589 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26590 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26591 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26598 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26599 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26600 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26603 \begin_layout Standard
26604 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26606 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26607 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26608 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26615 Use multiple Indexes
26616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26620 Note that the list of
26621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26628 below already contains the standard index.
26629 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26630 also appear as a heading) to the
26631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26638 input field and press the
26639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26647 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26648 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26649 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26653 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26659 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26660 indexes in the LyX work area.
26663 \begin_layout Standard
26664 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26667 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26669 \begin_inset space ~
26673 \begin_inset space ~
26682 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26683 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26684 are some additional features:
26687 \begin_layout Itemize
26688 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26689 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26692 \begin_layout Itemize
26693 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26694 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26703 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26708 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26709 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26710 to the non-subindexes.
26713 \begin_layout Section
26714 Nomenclature / Glossary
26715 \begin_inset Index idx
26718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26725 \begin_inset Index idx
26728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26759 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26766 \begin_layout Standard
26767 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26768 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26772 \begin_layout Standard
26773 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26778 \begin_inset Index idx
26781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26782 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26788 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26789 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26795 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26798 \begin_layout Standard
26799 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26800 and then use the menu
26802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26808 \begin_inset space ~
26813 or the toolbar button
26814 \begin_inset Graphics
26815 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26816 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26833 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26836 \begin_layout Standard
26837 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26838 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26839 The second is the description of the symbol.
26842 \begin_layout Standard
26843 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26851 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26859 \begin_layout Subsection
26860 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26861 \begin_inset Index idx
26864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26865 Nomenclature ! Layout
26873 \begin_layout Standard
26874 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26878 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26884 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26892 \begin_inset Newline newline
26900 \begin_inset Newline newline
26906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26913 character starts/ends the formula.
26914 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26926 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26936 \begin_layout Standard
26937 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26938 \begin_inset space ~
26942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26944 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26951 \begin_layout Standard
26955 \begin_inset space ~
26960 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26961 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26966 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26973 in this document is:
26974 \begin_inset Newline newline
26979 dummy entry for the character
26984 \begin_inset Newline newline
26996 \begin_inset space ~
27006 font use the command
27035 \begin_layout Subsection
27036 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27037 \begin_inset Index idx
27040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27041 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27049 \begin_layout Standard
27050 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27051 the symbol definition.
27052 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27053 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27056 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27057 LatexCommand nomenclature
27059 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27066 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27070 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27071 LatexCommand nomenclature
27074 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27079 They will be sorted by
27080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27106 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27109 will be sorted before the
27113 since the character
27114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27121 is considered in sorting.
27124 \begin_layout Standard
27125 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27128 \begin_inset space ~
27133 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27134 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27136 For the example given, you can insert
27140 in this field for the
27141 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27148 will be located before
27149 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27156 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27161 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27170 \begin_layout Subsection
27171 Nomenclature Options
27172 \begin_inset Index idx
27175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27176 Nomenclature ! Options
27184 \begin_layout Standard
27189 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27190 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27193 \begin_layout Description
27194 refeq Appends the phrase
27195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27210 to every nomenclature entry, where
27216 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27219 \begin_layout Description
27220 refpage Appends the phrase
27221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27236 to every nomenclature entry, where
27242 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27245 \begin_layout Description
27246 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27249 \begin_layout Standard
27250 There are furthermore the options
27294 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27299 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27300 class options list in the
27302 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27306 In this document the option
27313 \begin_layout Standard
27314 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27320 \begin_layout Standard
27321 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27322 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27327 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27330 \begin_layout Description
27340 \begin_layout Description
27343 nomrefpage Like the
27350 \begin_layout Description
27353 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27362 \begin_layout Description
27366 \begin_inset space ~
27372 \begin_inset space ~
27377 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27380 \begin_layout Subsection
27381 Printing the Nomenclature
27382 \begin_inset Index idx
27385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27386 Nomenclature ! Printing
27394 \begin_layout Standard
27395 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27397 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27399 \begin_inset space ~
27403 \begin_inset space ~
27406 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27410 A light blue box labeled
27411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27422 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27423 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27426 \begin_layout Standard
27427 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27436 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27444 For example, in order to change the name to
27448 , add the following line to the preamble:
27451 \begin_layout Standard
27459 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27462 \begin_layout Standard
27463 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27469 \begin_layout Standard
27470 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27471 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27474 \begin_layout Standard
27482 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27488 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27489 \begin_inset space ~
27493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27495 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27500 The default value is 1
27501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27507 \begin_layout Subsection
27508 Nomenclature Program
27509 \begin_inset Index idx
27512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27513 Nomenclature ! Program
27519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27521 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27528 \begin_layout Standard
27529 LyX uses the program
27533 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27534 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27539 by adding options, see section
27540 \begin_inset space ~
27544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27546 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27551 The available options are listed and explained in
27552 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27554 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27561 \begin_layout Section
27563 \begin_inset Index idx
27566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27573 \begin_inset Index idx
27576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27577 Document ! Branches
27583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27585 name "sec:Branches"
27592 \begin_layout Standard
27593 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27594 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27595 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27596 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27599 \begin_layout Standard
27600 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27601 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27602 To create a branch, go in the
27604 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27612 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27613 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27616 \begin_layout Standard
27617 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27618 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27623 where you can choose a branch.
27624 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27627 \begin_layout Standard
27628 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27629 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27632 \begin_layout Standard
27633 \begin_inset Branch Question
27636 \begin_layout Standard
27637 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27645 \begin_layout Standard
27646 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27649 \begin_layout Standard
27650 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27659 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27665 \begin_layout Standard
27666 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27667 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27669 For example you can define for the question branch
27673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27674 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27675 \begin_inset space ~
27679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27681 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27693 \begin_layout Standard
27703 \begin_layout Standard
27713 \begin_layout Standard
27714 and for the answer branch
27717 \begin_layout Standard
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27737 \begin_layout Standard
27738 \begin_inset Branch Question
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27774 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27809 \begin_layout Standard
27810 Now it is possible to use the commands
27814 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27821 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27824 to obtain conditional output.
27825 Here is an example formula where only the
27832 \begin_inset Formula \[
27833 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27840 \begin_layout Standard
27841 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27849 \begin_layout Section
27851 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27853 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27858 \begin_inset Index idx
27861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27870 \begin_layout Standard
27875 dialog allows you in the
27879 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27880 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27885 \begin_inset Index idx
27888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27889 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27897 \begin_layout Standard
27902 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27903 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27904 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27906 You can specify in the dialog tab
27910 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27912 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27913 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27917 \begin_layout Standard
27922 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27923 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27924 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27926 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27927 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27929 \begin_inset space ~
27932 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27933 \begin_inset space ~
27936 1 will only display the sections.
27939 \begin_layout Standard
27940 The header information in the dialog tab
27944 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27945 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27950 \begin_inset space \space{}
27953 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27954 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27957 Automatic fill header
27959 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27960 title and author settings.
27963 \begin_layout Standard
27966 Load in fullscreen mode
27968 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27971 \begin_layout Standard
27972 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27973 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27979 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27980 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27989 \begin_layout Section
27990 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27993 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28000 \begin_layout Subsection
28002 \begin_inset Index idx
28005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28014 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28021 \begin_layout Standard
28022 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28023 constructs, but not all.
28024 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28025 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28026 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28027 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28028 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28032 \begin_layout Standard
28033 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28035 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28037 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28039 \begin_inset space ~
28044 or by the toolbar button
28045 \begin_inset Graphics
28046 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28051 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28055 \begin_layout Standard
28056 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28057 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28058 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28065 , you can write the command part
28071 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28075 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28076 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28077 the following example:
28080 \begin_layout Standard
28081 \begin_inset Graphics
28082 filename clipart/ERT.png
28090 \begin_layout Standard
28094 \begin_layout Standard
28095 This is a line with a
28099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28122 \begin_layout Standard
28123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28131 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28132 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28140 \begin_layout Subsection
28141 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28142 \begin_inset OptArg
28145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28152 \begin_inset Index idx
28155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28162 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28164 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28171 \begin_layout Standard
28172 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28173 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28174 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28183 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28184 any time if you know the right commands.
28186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28190 \begin_inset space \space{}
28193 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28195 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28196 all caption labels bold.
28197 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28199 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28203 \begin_layout Standard
28204 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28205 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28206 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28208 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28217 \begin_layout Standard
28218 As result you know that the package
28223 \begin_inset Index idx
28226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28227 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28233 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28235 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28241 \begin_layout Standard
28246 usepackage[options]{package name}
28249 \begin_layout Standard
28250 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28251 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28252 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28255 \begin_layout Standard
28256 In your case the package name is
28261 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28266 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28267 So you add the command
28270 \begin_layout Standard
28275 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28278 \begin_layout Standard
28279 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28284 For more commands provided by the
28288 package, have a look at its documentation,
28289 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28303 \begin_layout Standard
28304 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28306 For example if you use a
28310 class, you don't need the package
28314 , you can instead write
28317 \begin_layout Standard
28322 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28327 \begin_layout Standard
28328 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28329 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28330 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28337 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28340 \begin_layout Standard
28341 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28342 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28344 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28345 the previous section.
28348 \begin_layout Standard
28349 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28351 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28353 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28361 \begin_layout Section
28362 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28365 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28370 \begin_inset Index idx
28373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28380 \begin_inset Index idx
28383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28392 \begin_layout Standard
28393 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28394 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28395 to break your train of thought with
28397 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28403 \begin_layout Standard
28404 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28405 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28410 \begin_inset Index idx
28413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28414 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28419 as explained below, and turn on
28422 \begin_inset space ~
28429 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28433 \begin_inset space ~
28437 \begin_inset space ~
28440 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28445 \begin_inset space ~
28450 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28453 \begin_layout Standard
28454 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28456 Previews of an already loaded document are
28460 generated just by selecting the
28463 \begin_inset space ~
28468 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28471 \begin_layout Standard
28472 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28473 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28476 \begin_inset space ~
28481 check box in the insert dialog.
28482 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28486 \begin_layout Standard
28487 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28491 (on some systems named simply
28496 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28498 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28504 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28505 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28513 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28517 \begin_layout Standard
28518 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28524 \begin_layout Standard
28525 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28529 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28531 \begin_inset space ~
28536 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28537 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28539 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28540 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28541 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28542 the source view window.
28545 \begin_layout Section
28547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28549 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28554 \begin_inset Index idx
28557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28566 \begin_layout Standard
28567 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28568 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28585 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28591 can be seen as the successor to
28599 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28605 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28606 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28614 \begin_layout Standard
28615 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28616 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28623 \begin_layout Standard
28626 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28629 or the toolbar button
28630 \begin_inset Graphics
28631 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28632 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28636 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28637 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28638 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28639 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28640 scrolled so that it is visible.
28645 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28647 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28651 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28652 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28655 \begin_layout Standard
28656 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28659 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28663 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28664 will bring an error message.
28665 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28666 specifying a different
28668 Alternative language
28670 in preferences dialog.
28673 \begin_layout Standard
28674 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28677 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28681 \begin_layout Standard
28682 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28683 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28685 But you can use the
28688 \begin_inset space ~
28692 \begin_inset space ~
28700 \begin_layout Standard
28701 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28702 This does work with
28706 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28709 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28713 \begin_layout Standard
28718 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28721 \begin_layout Description
28723 \begin_inset space ~
28726 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28727 should consider, e.
28728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28732 \begin_inset space \space{}
28735 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28736 This should not normally be needed.
28739 \begin_layout Description
28741 \begin_inset space ~
28744 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28745 the spell checker's default choice
28748 \begin_layout Description
28750 \begin_inset space ~
28754 \begin_inset space ~
28757 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28769 \begin_layout Description
28771 \begin_inset space ~
28775 \begin_inset space ~
28778 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28780 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28787 also for the spellchecker.
28791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28792 The encodings are explained in section
28793 \begin_inset space ~
28797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28799 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28808 Only enable this if you use
28812 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28813 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28814 so this is disabled by default.
28817 \begin_layout Section
28819 \begin_inset Index idx
28822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28831 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28838 \begin_layout Standard
28839 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28840 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28850 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28852 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28861 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28862 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28863 are available for many languages.
28866 \begin_layout Standard
28867 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28871 \begin_layout Subsection
28872 Setting up the thesaurus
28875 \begin_layout Standard
28880 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28885 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28890 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28892 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28896 en_EN for English).
28897 For instance, the English files are named:
28900 \begin_layout Itemize
28904 \begin_layout Itemize
28908 \begin_layout Standard
28909 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28910 already on your system.
28911 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28912 \begin_inset Flex URL
28915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28917 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28923 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28928 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28930 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28931 unpack a zip archive.
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28943 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28944 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28946 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28947 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28951 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28954 \begin_layout Subsection
28955 Using the thesaurus
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28959 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28961 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28964 or the toolbar button
28965 \begin_inset Graphics
28966 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28967 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28968 rotateOrigin center
28972 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28974 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28976 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28977 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28978 and hyponyms (such as
28986 ), compounds (such as
28990 ) and antonyms (such as
28998 ), which are marked as such.
29001 \begin_layout Standard
29002 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29003 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29007 \begin_layout Standard
29008 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29009 the dictionary, such as the above
29013 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29018 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29019 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29020 For example looking up the word forms
29028 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29033 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29034 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29046 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29047 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29048 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29051 \begin_layout Subsection
29052 License of the Thesaurus library
29055 \begin_layout Standard
29060 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29065 as a standalone program.
29066 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29067 The library was released under the
29069 Berkeley Database License
29071 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29072 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29073 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29075 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29078 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29082 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29085 \begin_layout Section
29087 \begin_inset Index idx
29090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29097 \begin_inset Index idx
29100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29101 Document ! Change Tracking
29107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29109 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29117 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29118 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29119 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29120 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29122 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29124 \begin_inset space ~
29127 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29129 \begin_inset space ~
29137 \begin_layout Standard
29138 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29152 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29153 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29156 \begin_inset space ~
29160 \begin_inset space ~
29170 \begin_inset Index idx
29173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29174 Color ! Change tracking
29179 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29180 the cursor is in changed text.
29181 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29182 \begin_inset Graphics
29183 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29184 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29185 rotateOrigin center
29192 \begin_layout Standard
29193 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29194 \begin_inset Index idx
29197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29206 \begin_layout Standard
29207 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29213 \begin_layout Standard
29214 \begin_inset Graphics
29215 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29222 \begin_layout Standard
29223 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29229 \begin_layout Standard
29230 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29234 \begin_layout Standard
29235 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29241 \begin_layout Standard
29242 \begin_inset Tabular
29243 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29244 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29245 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29246 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29252 \begin_inset Graphics
29253 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29255 rotateOrigin center
29264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29270 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29272 \begin_inset space ~
29275 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29277 \begin_inset space ~
29286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29291 \begin_inset Graphics
29292 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29293 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29294 rotateOrigin center
29303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29309 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29311 \begin_inset space ~
29314 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29316 \begin_inset space ~
29320 \begin_inset space ~
29324 \begin_inset space ~
29333 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29338 \begin_inset Graphics
29339 filename ../images/change-next.png
29340 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29341 rotateOrigin center
29350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29354 Jumps to the next change
29360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29365 \begin_inset Graphics
29366 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29368 rotateOrigin center
29377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29383 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29385 \begin_inset space ~
29388 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29390 \begin_inset space ~
29399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29404 \begin_inset Graphics
29405 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29406 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29407 rotateOrigin center
29416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29422 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29424 \begin_inset space ~
29427 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29429 \begin_inset space ~
29438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29443 \begin_inset Graphics
29444 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29445 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29446 rotateOrigin center
29455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29461 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29463 \begin_inset space ~
29466 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29468 \begin_inset space ~
29477 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29482 \begin_inset Graphics
29483 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29484 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29485 rotateOrigin center
29494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29500 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29502 \begin_inset space ~
29505 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29507 \begin_inset space ~
29511 \begin_inset space ~
29520 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29525 \begin_inset Graphics
29526 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29527 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29528 rotateOrigin center
29537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29543 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29545 \begin_inset space ~
29548 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29550 \begin_inset space ~
29554 \begin_inset space ~
29563 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29568 \begin_inset Graphics
29569 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29571 rotateOrigin center
29580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29586 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29587 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29589 \begin_inset space ~
29598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29603 \begin_inset Graphics
29604 filename ../images/note-next.png
29605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29606 rotateOrigin center
29615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29621 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29623 \begin_inset space ~
29639 \begin_layout Standard
29640 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29646 \begin_layout Standard
29647 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29648 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29649 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29650 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29651 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29652 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29653 step to the next change.
29654 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29657 \begin_layout Standard
29658 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29659 to describe a change.
29662 \begin_layout Standard
29663 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29668 \begin_inset Index idx
29671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29672 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29678 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29679 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29685 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29688 \begin_layout Section
29689 International Support
29690 \begin_inset Index idx
29693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29694 International support
29702 \begin_layout Standard
29703 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29704 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29705 how to set up LyX to use them:
29706 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29708 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29715 \begin_layout Standard
29716 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29717 \begin_inset space ~
29721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29723 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29730 \begin_layout Subsection
29732 \begin_inset Index idx
29735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29742 \begin_inset Index idx
29745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29746 Document ! Settings
29752 \begin_inset Index idx
29755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29756 Document ! Language
29764 \begin_layout Standard
29767 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29770 dialog lets you set
29772 the language and character encoding for your language.
29776 \begin_layout Standard
29777 Choose your language in the
29781 section of this dialog.
29789 \begin_layout Standard
29794 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29799 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29800 For details about the different encoding options see section
29801 \begin_inset space ~
29805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29807 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29814 \begin_layout Subsection
29815 Keyboard mapping configuration
29816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29818 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29825 \begin_layout Standard
29826 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29827 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29828 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29829 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29830 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29832 \begin_inset space ~
29836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29838 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29843 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29844 which one you want to use.
29847 \begin_layout Standard
29848 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29849 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29850 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29851 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29852 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29853 one to support the characters you want.
29854 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29861 \begin_layout Subsection
29865 \begin_layout Standard
29867 \begin_inset space ~
29871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29873 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29882 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29886 \begin_layout Standard
29887 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29888 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29896 \begin_layout Itemize
29897 Even if you have selected
29903 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29906 dialog, users who have only the
29910 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29914 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29915 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29916 french quotes won't show up.
29919 \begin_layout Standard
29920 \begin_inset Float table
29925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29926 \begin_inset Caption
29928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29929 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29931 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29949 \begin_inset Tabular
29950 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29951 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29957 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29958 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29959 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29960 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29961 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29962 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29963 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29966 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34381 \begin_layout Standard
34382 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34384 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34385 also the characters from
34397 \begin_layout Itemize
34406 \begin_layout Standard
34407 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34408 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34414 \begin_layout Standard
34415 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34416 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34422 \begin_layout Standard
34423 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34424 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34430 \begin_layout Standard
34431 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34432 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34438 \begin_layout Standard
34440 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34446 \begin_layout Standard
34448 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34454 \begin_layout Standard
34456 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34463 \begin_layout Itemize
34476 \begin_layout Standard
34478 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34484 \begin_layout Standard
34486 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34492 \begin_layout Standard
34494 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34500 \begin_layout Standard
34502 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34508 \begin_layout Standard
34510 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34516 \begin_layout Standard
34518 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34525 \begin_layout Standard
34526 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34527 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34528 Also make sure you're using the
34535 \begin_layout Chapter
34538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34540 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34547 \begin_layout Standard
34548 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34549 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34550 topic inside the user's guide.
34553 \begin_layout Section
34555 \begin_inset Index idx
34558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34567 \begin_layout Standard
34572 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34573 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34576 \begin_layout Subsection
34580 \begin_layout Standard
34581 Creates a new document.
34584 \begin_layout Subsection
34588 \begin_layout Standard
34589 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34590 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34591 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34594 \begin_layout Subsection
34598 \begin_layout Standard
34602 \begin_layout Subsection
34606 \begin_layout Standard
34607 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34608 Click there on a file to open it.
34611 \begin_layout Subsection
34615 \begin_layout Standard
34616 Closes the current document.
34619 \begin_layout Subsection
34623 \begin_layout Standard
34624 Closes all opened documents.
34627 \begin_layout Subsection
34631 \begin_layout Standard
34632 Saves the actual document.
34635 \begin_layout Subsection
34639 \begin_layout Standard
34640 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34643 \begin_layout Subsection
34647 \begin_layout Standard
34648 Saves all opened documents.
34651 \begin_layout Subsection
34655 \begin_layout Standard
34656 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34659 \begin_layout Subsection
34663 \begin_layout Standard
34664 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34665 It is described in the section
34667 Version Control in LyX
34671 Additional Features
34676 \begin_layout Subsection
34680 \begin_layout Standard
34681 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34682 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34683 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34684 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34687 \begin_layout Standard
34688 When using the menu entry
34691 \begin_inset space ~
34696 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34700 \begin_inset space ~
34704 \begin_inset space ~
34709 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34710 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34713 \begin_layout Subsection
34715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34724 \begin_layout Standard
34725 You can export your document to various file formats.
34726 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34727 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34728 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34731 \begin_layout Standard
34732 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34734 \begin_inset space ~
34738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34740 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34747 \begin_layout Description
34751 \begin_inset space ~
34756 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34758 \begin_inset Newline newline
34761 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34764 \begin_layout Description
34772 \begin_layout Description
34773 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
34777 \begin_layout Description
34779 \begin_inset space ~
34783 \begin_inset space ~
34786 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34790 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34798 \begin_layout Description
34805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34813 \begin_inset space ~
34818 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34819 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34823 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34826 \begin_layout Description
34833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34841 \begin_inset space ~
34846 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34847 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34855 \begin_layout Description
34857 \begin_inset space ~
34860 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34868 is replaced by the version number)
34871 \begin_layout Description
34872 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
34875 \begin_layout Description
34876 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34889 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
34893 \begin_layout Description
34897 \begin_inset space ~
34902 PDF-format using the program
34907 \begin_layout Description
34911 \begin_inset space ~
34916 PDF-format using the program
34921 \begin_layout Description
34925 \begin_inset space ~
34930 PDF-format using the program
34935 \begin_layout Description
34939 \begin_inset space ~
34947 \begin_layout Description
34951 \begin_inset space ~
34955 \begin_inset space ~
34960 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34961 and then exported as text using the program
34966 \begin_layout Description
34971 PostScript format using the program
34976 \begin_layout Description
34984 \begin_layout Standard
34989 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34990 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34996 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34999 \begin_layout Standard
35000 If one of the menu entries
35007 \begin_inset space ~
35016 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35017 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35018 \begin_inset space ~
35022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35024 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35029 \begin_inset Index idx
35032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35033 Reconfiguration of LyX
35041 \begin_layout Standard
35046 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35047 the export program.
35050 \begin_layout Subsection
35054 \begin_layout Standard
35055 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35056 format or send it to a printer.
35057 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35058 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35064 For more information have a look at section
35065 \begin_inset space ~
35069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35071 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35078 \begin_layout Subsection
35082 \begin_layout Standard
35083 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35084 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35085 prefix, see section
35086 \begin_inset space ~
35090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35092 reference "sec:Paths"
35097 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35106 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35107 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35108 \begin_inset space ~
35112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35114 reference "sub:Converters"
35121 \begin_layout Subsection
35122 New and Close Window
35125 \begin_layout Standard
35126 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35129 \begin_layout Subsection
35133 \begin_layout Standard
35134 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35137 \begin_layout Section
35139 \begin_inset Index idx
35142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35151 \begin_layout Subsection
35155 \begin_layout Standard
35156 Described in section
35157 \begin_inset space ~
35161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35163 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35170 \begin_layout Subsection
35171 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35174 \begin_layout Standard
35175 Described in section
35176 \begin_inset space ~
35180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35182 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35189 \begin_layout Subsection
35193 \begin_layout Standard
35194 Selects the whole document.
35197 \begin_layout Subsection
35201 \begin_layout Standard
35202 Described in section
35203 \begin_inset space ~
35207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35209 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35216 \begin_layout Subsection
35217 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35220 \begin_layout Standard
35221 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35225 \begin_layout Subsection
35229 \begin_layout Standard
35230 Described in section
35231 \begin_inset space ~
35235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35237 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35244 \begin_layout Subsection
35246 \begin_inset Index idx
35249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35250 Paragraph ! Settings
35258 \begin_layout Standard
35259 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35260 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35263 \begin_layout Standard
35264 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35265 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35267 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35273 \begin_inset space ~
35281 \begin_layout Subsection
35282 Table Settings and Math
35285 \begin_layout Standard
35286 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35288 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35289 The properties of tables are described in section
35290 \begin_inset space ~
35294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35296 reference "sec:Tables"
35300 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35301 \begin_inset space ~
35305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35307 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35314 \begin_layout Subsection
35315 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35318 \begin_layout Standard
35319 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35320 that can be nested.
35321 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35322 \begin_inset space ~
35326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35328 reference "sec:Nesting"
35333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35335 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35342 \begin_layout Section
35344 \begin_inset Index idx
35347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35356 \begin_layout Standard
35361 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35362 document with an external program.
35363 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35364 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35365 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35366 \begin_inset space ~
35370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35372 reference "sub:Export"
35377 You should at least see the menu entries
35384 \begin_inset space ~
35390 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35391 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35392 \begin_inset space ~
35396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35398 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35403 \begin_inset Index idx
35406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35407 Reconfiguration of LyX
35415 \begin_layout Standard
35416 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35417 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35418 \begin_inset space ~
35422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35424 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35429 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35432 \begin_layout Standard
35433 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35436 At the bottom of the
35440 menu the opened documents are listed.
35443 \begin_layout Subsection
35444 Open/Close all Insets
35447 \begin_layout Standard
35448 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35451 \begin_layout Subsection
35452 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35455 \begin_layout Standard
35456 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35459 \begin_layout Standard
35460 Math macros are described in the
35467 \begin_layout Subsection
35471 \begin_layout Standard
35472 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35474 \begin_inset space ~
35478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35480 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35487 \begin_layout Subsection
35491 \begin_layout Standard
35492 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35493 opening a new view window.
35496 \begin_layout Subsection
35500 \begin_layout Standard
35501 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35502 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35503 view the same document, but at different positions.
35504 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35505 or more documents at the same time.
35506 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35513 \begin_layout Subsection
35517 \begin_layout Standard
35518 Closes a split view.
35521 \begin_layout Subsection
35525 \begin_layout Standard
35526 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35527 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35528 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35529 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35530 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35533 \begin_layout Subsection
35535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35537 name "sub:Toolbars"
35542 \begin_inset Index idx
35545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35554 \begin_layout Standard
35555 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35556 All toolbars and the
35559 \begin_inset space ~
35564 can be turned on and off.
35569 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35581 \begin_inset space ~
35590 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35594 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35601 \begin_layout Standard
35606 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35610 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35611 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35612 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35613 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35614 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35617 \begin_layout Standard
35618 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35619 \begin_inset space ~
35623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35625 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35632 \begin_layout Section
35634 \begin_inset Index idx
35637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35646 \begin_layout Subsection
35650 \begin_layout Standard
35651 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35652 \begin_inset space ~
35656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35658 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35669 \begin_layout Subsection
35671 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35673 name "sub:Special-Character"
35680 \begin_layout Standard
35681 Here you can insert the following characters:
35684 \begin_layout Description
35685 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35686 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35687 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35688 \begin_inset Newline newline
35692 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35700 Not all characters will be visible in the
35704 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35712 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35716 ) can display every character.
35724 \begin_layout Description
35725 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35729 \begin_layout Description
35731 \begin_inset space ~
35735 \begin_inset space ~
35738 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35739 \begin_inset space ~
35743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35745 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35752 \begin_layout Description
35754 \begin_inset space ~
35757 Quote Inserts this quote:
35758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35761 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35763 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35773 \begin_layout Description
35775 \begin_inset space ~
35778 Quote Inserts this quote:
35779 \begin_inset Quotes els
35785 \begin_layout Description
35787 \begin_inset space ~
35790 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35794 \begin_layout Description
35796 \begin_inset space ~
35799 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35803 \begin_layout Description
35805 \begin_inset space ~
35808 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35812 \begin_layout Description
35814 \begin_inset space ~
35818 \begin_inset Index idx
35821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35828 \begin_inset Index idx
35831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35832 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35837 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35838 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35839 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35844 \begin_inset Index idx
35847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35848 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35854 \begin_inset Newline newline
35857 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35861 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35869 and this Wiki-page:
35870 \begin_inset Newline newline
35874 \begin_inset Flex URL
35877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35879 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35887 \begin_layout Subsection
35891 \begin_layout Standard
35892 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35895 \begin_layout Description
35896 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35897 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35903 \begin_layout Description
35904 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35905 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35911 \begin_layout Description
35913 \begin_inset space ~
35916 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35917 \begin_inset space ~
35921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35923 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35930 \begin_layout Description
35932 \begin_inset space ~
35935 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35936 \begin_inset space ~
35940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35942 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35949 \begin_layout Description
35951 \begin_inset space ~
35954 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35955 \begin_inset space ~
35959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35961 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35968 \begin_layout Description
35970 \begin_inset space ~
35973 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35974 \begin_inset space ~
35978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35980 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35987 \begin_layout Description
35989 \begin_inset space ~
35992 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
35993 \begin_inset space ~
35997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35999 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36006 \begin_layout Description
36008 \begin_inset space ~
36011 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36012 \begin_inset space ~
36016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36018 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36025 \begin_layout Description
36027 \begin_inset space ~
36030 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36031 \begin_inset space ~
36035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36037 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36044 \begin_layout Description
36046 \begin_inset space ~
36049 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36050 \begin_inset space ~
36054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36056 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36063 \begin_layout Description
36065 \begin_inset space ~
36069 \begin_inset space ~
36072 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36073 \begin_inset space ~
36077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36079 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36086 \begin_layout Description
36088 \begin_inset space ~
36091 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36092 text line to the page border, see section
36093 \begin_inset space ~
36097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36099 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36106 \begin_layout Description
36108 \begin_inset space ~
36111 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36112 \begin_inset space ~
36116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36118 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36125 \begin_layout Description
36127 \begin_inset space ~
36130 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36131 text page to the page border, described in section
36132 \begin_inset space ~
36136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36138 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36145 \begin_layout Description
36147 \begin_inset space ~
36150 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36151 \begin_inset space ~
36155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36157 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36164 \begin_layout Description
36166 \begin_inset space ~
36170 \begin_inset space ~
36173 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36174 \begin_inset space ~
36178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36180 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36187 \begin_layout Subsection
36191 \begin_layout Standard
36192 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36193 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36195 \begin_inset space ~
36199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36201 reference "sec:toc"
36206 The index list is described in section
36207 \begin_inset space ~
36211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36213 reference "sec:Index"
36217 , the nomenclature in section
36218 \begin_inset space ~
36222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36224 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36228 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36229 \begin_inset space ~
36233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36235 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36242 \begin_layout Subsection
36246 \begin_layout Standard
36247 To insert floats, described in section
36248 \begin_inset space ~
36252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36254 reference "sec:Floats"
36261 \begin_layout Subsection
36265 \begin_layout Standard
36266 To insert notes, described in section
36267 \begin_inset space ~
36271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36273 reference "sec:Notes"
36280 \begin_layout Subsection
36284 \begin_layout Standard
36285 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36286 \begin_inset space ~
36290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36292 reference "sec:Branches"
36299 \begin_layout Subsection
36303 \begin_layout Standard
36304 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36305 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36307 An example is the document class
36308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36315 with three custom insets.
36318 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36324 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36327 \begin_layout Subsection
36329 \begin_inset Index idx
36332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36341 \begin_layout Standard
36342 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36343 files in your document.
36344 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36355 \begin_layout Subsection
36357 \begin_inset Index idx
36360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36369 \begin_layout Standard
36370 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36371 \begin_inset space ~
36375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36377 reference "sec:Minipages"
36382 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36393 \begin_layout Subsection
36397 \begin_layout Standard
36398 Inserts a citation as described in section
36399 \begin_inset space ~
36403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36405 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36412 \begin_layout Subsection
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36418 \begin_inset space ~
36422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36424 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36431 \begin_layout Subsection
36435 \begin_layout Standard
36436 Inserts a label as described in section
36437 \begin_inset space ~
36441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36443 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36450 \begin_layout Subsection
36452 \begin_inset Index idx
36455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36462 \begin_inset Index idx
36465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36466 Longtables ! Caption
36474 \begin_layout Standard
36475 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36476 Floats are described in section
36477 \begin_inset space ~
36481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36483 reference "sec:Floats"
36487 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36498 \begin_layout Subsection
36502 \begin_layout Standard
36503 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36504 \begin_inset space ~
36508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36510 reference "sec:Index"
36517 \begin_layout Subsection
36521 \begin_layout Standard
36522 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36523 \begin_inset space ~
36527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36529 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36536 \begin_layout Subsection
36540 \begin_layout Standard
36542 Tables are described in section
36543 \begin_inset space ~
36547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36549 reference "sec:Tables"
36556 \begin_layout Subsection
36560 \begin_layout Standard
36562 Graphics are described in section
36563 \begin_inset space ~
36567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36569 reference "sec:Graphics"
36576 \begin_layout Subsection
36580 \begin_layout Standard
36581 Inserts an URL as described in section
36582 \begin_inset space ~
36586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36588 reference "sub:URLs"
36595 \begin_layout Subsection
36599 \begin_layout Standard
36600 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36601 \begin_inset space ~
36605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36607 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36614 \begin_layout Subsection
36618 \begin_layout Standard
36619 Inserts a footnote, see section
36620 \begin_inset space ~
36624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36626 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36633 \begin_layout Subsection
36637 \begin_layout Standard
36638 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36639 \begin_inset space ~
36643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36645 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36652 \begin_layout Subsection
36656 \begin_layout Standard
36657 Inserts a short title, see section
36658 \begin_inset space ~
36662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36664 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36671 \begin_layout Subsection
36675 \begin_layout Standard
36676 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36677 \begin_inset space ~
36681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36683 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36690 \begin_layout Subsection
36692 \begin_inset Index idx
36695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36704 \begin_layout Standard
36705 Inserts a program listings box.
36706 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36708 Program Code Listings
36717 \begin_layout Subsection
36721 \begin_layout Standard
36722 Inserts the actual date.
36723 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36725 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36737 \begin_layout Section
36739 \begin_inset Index idx
36742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36751 \begin_layout Standard
36752 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36753 \begin_inset space ~
36756 of the current document.
36757 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36760 \begin_layout Subsection
36764 \begin_layout Standard
36765 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36766 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36772 \begin_inset space \space{}
36776 \begin_inset space ~
36780 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36781 \begin_inset space ~
36784 2.5 and use the menu
36787 \begin_inset space ~
36791 \begin_inset space ~
36798 \begin_inset space ~
36804 \begin_inset space ~
36808 \begin_inset space ~
36814 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36818 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36824 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36830 \begin_layout Standard
36831 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36832 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36835 \begin_layout Subsection
36836 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36839 \begin_layout Standard
36840 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36844 \begin_layout Subsection
36848 \begin_layout Standard
36849 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36850 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36851 on a cross-reference box.
36854 \begin_layout Section
36856 \begin_inset Index idx
36859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36868 \begin_layout Subsection
36872 \begin_layout Standard
36873 Change Tracking is described in section
36874 \begin_inset space ~
36878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36880 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36887 \begin_layout Subsection
36892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36902 \begin_layout Standard
36903 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36905 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36908 \begin_layout Standard
36909 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36914 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36917 \begin_layout Subsection
36921 \begin_layout Standard
36922 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36923 \begin_inset space ~
36927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36929 reference "sec:Navigating"
36934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36936 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36943 \begin_layout Subsection
36944 Start Appendix Here
36947 \begin_layout Standard
36948 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36949 position as described in section
36950 \begin_inset space ~
36954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36956 reference "sec:Appendices"
36963 \begin_layout Subsection
36967 \begin_layout Standard
36968 Un/compresses the current document.
36971 \begin_layout Subsection
36975 \begin_layout Standard
36976 The document settings are described in appendix
36977 \begin_inset space ~
36981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36983 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36990 \begin_layout Section
36992 \begin_inset Index idx
36995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37004 \begin_layout Subsection
37008 \begin_layout Standard
37009 Spell checking is explained in section
37010 \begin_inset space ~
37014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37016 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37023 \begin_layout Subsection
37027 \begin_layout Standard
37028 The thesaurus is described in section
37029 \begin_inset space ~
37033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37035 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37042 \begin_layout Subsection
37044 \begin_inset Index idx
37047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37054 \begin_inset Index idx
37057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37066 \begin_layout Standard
37067 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37068 highlighted document part.
37071 \begin_layout Subsection
37073 \begin_inset Index idx
37076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37085 \begin_layout Standard
37086 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37089 \begin_layout Subsection
37091 \begin_inset Index idx
37094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37095 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37106 Reconfiguration of LyX
37110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37123 \begin_inset Index idx
37126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37127 Reconfiguration of LyX
37135 \begin_layout Standard
37136 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37137 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37138 \begin_inset space ~
37142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37144 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37151 \begin_layout Subsection
37155 \begin_layout Standard
37156 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37163 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37170 \begin_layout Section
37172 \begin_inset Index idx
37175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37184 \begin_layout Standard
37185 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37189 \begin_layout Standard
37193 \begin_inset space ~
37198 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37199 found by LyX (see also section
37200 \begin_inset space ~
37204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37206 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37213 \begin_layout Section
37215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37217 name "sec:Toolbars"
37224 \begin_layout Standard
37225 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37226 \begin_inset space ~
37230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37232 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37239 \begin_layout Standard
37240 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37241 This is described in the
37243 Additional Features
37248 \begin_layout Subsection
37250 \begin_inset Index idx
37253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37262 \begin_layout Standard
37263 \begin_inset Graphics
37264 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37272 \begin_layout Standard
37273 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37279 \begin_layout Standard
37280 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37297 \begin_inset Note Note
37300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37301 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37306 manual for more information.
37314 \begin_layout Standard
37315 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37321 \begin_layout Standard
37322 \begin_inset Tabular
37323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37324 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 \begin_inset Graphics
37333 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37347 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37360 \begin_layout Standard
37361 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37367 \begin_layout Standard
37369 \begin_inset Tabular
37370 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37371 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37372 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37373 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37374 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37381 \begin_inset Graphics
37382 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37383 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37398 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37405 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37410 \begin_inset Graphics
37411 filename ../images/file-open.png
37412 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37427 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37439 \begin_inset Graphics
37440 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37456 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37463 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37468 \begin_inset Graphics
37469 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37470 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37485 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37497 \begin_inset Graphics
37498 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37499 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37514 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37526 \begin_inset Graphics
37527 filename ../images/undo.png
37528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37543 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37550 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37555 \begin_inset Graphics
37556 filename ../images/redo.png
37557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37572 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37579 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37584 \begin_inset Graphics
37585 filename ../images/cut.png
37586 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37601 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37613 \begin_inset Graphics
37614 filename ../images/copy.png
37615 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37630 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37642 \begin_inset Graphics
37643 filename ../images/paste.png
37644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37659 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37666 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37671 \begin_inset Graphics
37672 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37673 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37674 rotateOrigin center
37683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37689 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37695 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37704 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37709 \begin_inset Graphics
37710 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37711 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37712 rotateOrigin center
37721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37727 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37728 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37735 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37740 \begin_inset Graphics
37741 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37742 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37755 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37757 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37759 \begin_inset space ~
37770 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37775 \begin_inset Graphics
37776 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37777 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37790 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37792 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37794 \begin_inset space ~
37805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37810 \begin_inset Graphics
37811 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37812 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37825 Formats text using the current settings in the
37827 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37829 \begin_inset space ~
37840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37845 \begin_inset Graphics
37846 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37847 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37863 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37865 \begin_inset space ~
37874 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37879 \begin_inset Graphics
37880 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37881 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37882 rotateOrigin center
37891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37904 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37909 \begin_inset Graphics
37910 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37911 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37912 rotateOrigin center
37921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37939 \begin_inset Graphics
37940 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37942 rotateOrigin center
37951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37955 Toggle outline window on/off,
37957 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37969 \begin_inset Graphics
37970 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37971 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37972 rotateOrigin center
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37985 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37991 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37996 \begin_inset Graphics
37997 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37998 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37999 rotateOrigin center
38008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38012 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38025 \begin_layout Subsection
38027 \begin_inset Index idx
38030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38039 \begin_layout Standard
38040 \begin_inset Graphics
38041 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38049 \begin_layout Standard
38050 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38056 \begin_layout Standard
38057 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38061 \begin_layout Standard
38062 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38068 \begin_layout Standard
38069 \begin_inset Tabular
38070 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38071 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38072 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38073 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38079 \begin_inset Graphics
38080 filename ../images/layout.png
38081 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38082 rotateOrigin center
38091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38106 \begin_inset Graphics
38107 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38108 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38109 rotateOrigin center
38118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38128 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38133 \begin_inset Graphics
38134 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38135 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38136 rotateOrigin center
38145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38155 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38160 \begin_inset Graphics
38161 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38162 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38163 rotateOrigin center
38172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38182 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38187 \begin_inset Graphics
38188 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38189 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38190 rotateOrigin center
38199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38214 \begin_inset Graphics
38215 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38216 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38217 rotateOrigin center
38226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38232 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38234 \begin_inset space ~
38238 \begin_inset space ~
38247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38252 \begin_inset Graphics
38253 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38255 rotateOrigin center
38264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38270 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38272 \begin_inset space ~
38276 \begin_inset space ~
38285 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38290 \begin_inset Graphics
38291 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38292 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38308 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38315 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38320 \begin_inset Graphics
38321 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38322 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38338 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38350 \begin_inset Graphics
38351 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38352 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38374 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38379 \begin_inset Graphics
38380 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38381 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38403 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38408 \begin_inset Graphics
38409 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38410 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38432 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38437 \begin_inset Graphics
38438 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38439 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38454 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38456 \begin_inset space ~
38465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38470 \begin_inset Graphics
38471 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38472 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38487 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38489 \begin_inset space ~
38498 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38503 \begin_inset Graphics
38504 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38505 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38527 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38532 \begin_inset Graphics
38533 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38535 rotateOrigin center
38544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38552 \begin_inset space ~
38561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38566 \begin_inset Graphics
38567 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38584 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38586 \begin_inset space ~
38595 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38600 \begin_inset Graphics
38601 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38617 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38624 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38629 \begin_inset Graphics
38630 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38631 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38646 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38653 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38658 \begin_inset Graphics
38659 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38660 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38697 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38702 \begin_inset Graphics
38703 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38704 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38719 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38720 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38732 \begin_inset Graphics
38733 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38734 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38749 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38750 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38752 \begin_inset space ~
38761 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38766 \begin_inset Graphics
38767 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38768 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38769 rotateOrigin center
38778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38784 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38786 \begin_inset space ~
38795 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38800 \begin_inset Graphics
38801 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38802 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38803 rotateOrigin center
38812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38818 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38820 \begin_inset space ~
38829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38834 \begin_inset Graphics
38835 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38836 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38837 rotateOrigin center
38846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38852 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38866 \begin_layout Subsection
38867 View / Update Toolbar
38868 \begin_inset Index idx
38871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38872 Toolbar ! View / Update
38880 \begin_layout Standard
38881 \begin_inset Graphics
38882 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38889 \begin_layout Standard
38890 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38896 \begin_layout Standard
38897 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38901 \begin_layout Standard
38902 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38908 \begin_layout Standard
38909 \begin_inset Tabular
38910 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38911 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38912 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38913 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38914 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38919 \begin_inset Graphics
38920 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38921 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38922 rotateOrigin center
38931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38937 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38944 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38949 \begin_inset Graphics
38950 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38951 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38952 rotateOrigin center
38961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38967 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38968 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38975 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38980 \begin_inset Graphics
38981 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38982 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38983 rotateOrigin center
38992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38998 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39005 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39010 \begin_inset Graphics
39011 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39012 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39013 rotateOrigin center
39022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39028 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39029 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39036 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39041 \begin_inset Graphics
39042 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39043 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39044 rotateOrigin center
39053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39059 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39066 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39071 \begin_inset Graphics
39072 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39073 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39074 rotateOrigin center
39083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39089 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39090 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39104 \begin_layout Subsection
39108 \begin_layout Standard
39109 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39110 \begin_inset space ~
39114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39116 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39120 , the table toolbar
39121 \begin_inset Index idx
39124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39134 manual, the math macro toolbar
39135 \begin_inset Index idx
39138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39151 \begin_layout Chapter
39152 The Document Settings
39153 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39155 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39160 \begin_inset Index idx
39163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39164 Document ! Settings
39172 \begin_layout Standard
39173 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39174 whole document and is called with the menu
39176 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39180 You can save your document settings as default with th
39182 e Save as Document Defaults
39184 button in the dialog.
39185 This will create a template name
39193 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39197 \begin_layout Standard
39198 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39201 \begin_layout Section
39205 \begin_layout Standard
39206 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39208 Document classes are described in section
39209 \begin_inset space ~
39213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39215 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39220 Some classes use some class options by default.
39221 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39225 and you can decide to use them or not.
39226 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39227 recommended not to touch them.
39228 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39234 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39235 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39241 When you want one of the following drivers
39242 \begin_inset Newline newline
39245 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39246 \begin_inset Newline newline
39249 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39254 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39256 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39268 \begin_layout Standard
39269 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39270 child or subdocument.
39271 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39272 without its master.
39273 This way child documents are always compilable.
39274 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39285 \begin_layout Section
39289 \begin_layout Standard
39290 Modules are explained in section
39291 \begin_inset space ~
39295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39297 reference "sub:Modules"
39304 \begin_layout Section
39308 \begin_layout Standard
39309 The document font settings are described in section
39310 \begin_inset space ~
39314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39316 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39323 \begin_layout Section
39327 \begin_layout Standard
39328 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39330 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39334 \begin_layout Standard
39335 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39336 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39337 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39340 \begin_layout Standard
39341 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39349 \begin_layout Section
39353 \begin_layout Standard
39354 A description of this menu is given in section
39355 \begin_inset space ~
39359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39361 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39368 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39375 \begin_layout Section
39379 \begin_layout Standard
39380 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39381 \begin_inset space ~
39385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39387 reference "sub:Margins"
39394 \begin_layout Section
39396 \begin_inset Index idx
39399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39400 Language ! Encoding
39408 \begin_layout Standard
39409 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39410 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39411 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39412 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39413 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39414 known for a particular character).
39418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39419 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39420 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39425 manual for details.
39433 \begin_layout Standard
39434 If you use the option
39438 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39439 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39440 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39441 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39442 exactly one encoding.
39443 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39452 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39453 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39455 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39456 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39470 \begin_layout Standard
39471 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39472 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39473 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39474 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39475 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39476 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39481 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39482 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39483 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39486 \begin_layout Standard
39487 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39490 \begin_layout Description
39492 \begin_inset space ~
39496 \begin_inset space ~
39500 \begin_inset space ~
39507 , but the LaTeX-package
39512 \begin_inset Index idx
39515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39516 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39522 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39523 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39524 languages in TeX code.
39527 \begin_layout Description
39528 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39529 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39530 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39533 \begin_layout Description
39535 \begin_inset space ~
39539 \begin_inset space ~
39542 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39545 \begin_layout Description
39547 \begin_inset space ~
39551 \begin_inset space ~
39554 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39557 \begin_layout Description
39559 \begin_inset space ~
39562 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39565 \begin_layout Description
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39571 \begin_inset space ~
39574 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39575 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39578 \begin_layout Description
39580 \begin_inset space ~
39584 \begin_inset space ~
39587 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39591 \begin_layout Description
39593 \begin_inset space ~
39597 \begin_inset space ~
39600 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39601 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39604 \begin_layout Description
39606 \begin_inset space ~
39610 \begin_inset space ~
39614 \begin_inset space ~
39617 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39618 \begin_inset space ~
39624 \begin_layout Description
39626 \begin_inset space ~
39630 \begin_inset space ~
39634 \begin_inset space ~
39637 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39638 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39641 \begin_layout Description
39643 \begin_inset space ~
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39650 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39651 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39652 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39653 \begin_inset space ~
39657 \begin_inset space ~
39663 \begin_layout Description
39665 \begin_inset space ~
39669 \begin_inset space ~
39672 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39673 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39674 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39675 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39676 \begin_inset space ~
39680 \begin_inset space ~
39686 \begin_layout Description
39688 \begin_inset space ~
39692 \begin_inset space ~
39695 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39698 \begin_layout Description
39700 \begin_inset space ~
39704 \begin_inset space ~
39707 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39710 \begin_layout Description
39712 \begin_inset space ~
39716 \begin_inset space ~
39719 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39722 \begin_layout Description
39724 \begin_inset space ~
39727 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39730 \begin_layout Description
39732 \begin_inset space ~
39735 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39738 \begin_layout Description
39740 \begin_inset space ~
39744 \begin_inset space ~
39747 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39750 \begin_layout Description
39752 \begin_inset space ~
39756 \begin_inset space ~
39762 \begin_layout Description
39764 \begin_inset space ~
39768 \begin_inset space ~
39771 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39774 \begin_layout Description
39776 \begin_inset space ~
39780 \begin_inset space ~
39786 \begin_layout Description
39788 \begin_inset space ~
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39795 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39800 \begin_inset Index idx
39803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39804 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39809 , when using this, set the document language to
39814 \begin_layout Description
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39820 \begin_inset space ~
39823 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39827 , when using this, set the document language to
39832 \begin_layout Description
39834 \begin_inset space ~
39838 \begin_inset space ~
39841 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39846 \begin_inset Index idx
39849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39850 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39855 , when using this, set the document language to
39860 \begin_layout Description
39862 \begin_inset space ~
39866 \begin_inset space ~
39869 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39873 , when using this, set the document language to
39878 \begin_layout Description
39880 \begin_inset space ~
39884 \begin_inset space ~
39887 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39891 , when using this, set the document language to
39896 \begin_layout Description
39898 \begin_inset space ~
39901 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39904 \begin_layout Description
39906 \begin_inset space ~
39910 \begin_inset space ~
39914 \begin_inset space ~
39917 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39920 \begin_layout Description
39922 \begin_inset space ~
39926 \begin_inset space ~
39930 \begin_inset space ~
39933 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39934 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39935 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39938 \begin_layout Description
39940 \begin_inset space ~
39944 \begin_inset space ~
39950 \begin_layout Description
39952 \begin_inset space ~
39956 \begin_inset space ~
39959 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39960 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39963 \begin_layout Description
39965 \begin_inset space ~
39969 \begin_inset space ~
39972 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39977 \begin_inset Index idx
39980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39981 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39986 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39989 \begin_layout Description
39991 \begin_inset space ~
39995 \begin_inset space ~
39998 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40002 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40011 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40012 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40026 \begin_layout Description
40028 \begin_inset space ~
40032 \begin_inset space ~
40035 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40040 \begin_inset Index idx
40043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40044 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40049 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40052 \begin_layout Description
40054 \begin_inset space ~
40057 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40062 \begin_inset Index idx
40065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40066 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40072 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40076 \begin_layout Description
40078 \begin_inset space ~
40082 \begin_inset space ~
40086 \begin_inset space ~
40089 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40090 \begin_inset space ~
40096 \begin_layout Description
40098 \begin_inset space ~
40102 \begin_inset space ~
40106 \begin_inset space ~
40109 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40110 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40111 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40115 \begin_layout Description
40117 \begin_inset space ~
40121 \begin_inset space ~
40125 \begin_inset space ~
40128 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40129 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40132 \begin_layout Section
40136 \begin_layout Standard
40137 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40138 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40139 \begin_inset space ~
40143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40145 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40152 \begin_layout Section
40156 \begin_layout Standard
40157 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40162 \begin_inset Index idx
40165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40166 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40176 \begin_inset Index idx
40179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40180 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40185 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40190 \begin_inset Index idx
40193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40194 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40199 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40201 For a further description see section
40202 \begin_inset space ~
40206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40208 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40215 \begin_layout Section
40219 \begin_layout Standard
40220 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40221 and you can define additional indexes.
40222 Please refer to section
40223 \begin_inset space ~
40227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40229 reference "sec:Index"
40236 \begin_layout Section
40240 \begin_layout Standard
40241 The PDF properties are explained in section
40242 \begin_inset space ~
40246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40248 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40255 \begin_layout Section
40259 \begin_layout Standard
40260 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40265 \begin_inset Index idx
40268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40269 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40279 \begin_inset Index idx
40282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40283 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40288 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40291 \begin_layout Standard
40296 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40297 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40300 \begin_layout Standard
40305 is used for special integral characters.
40308 \begin_layout Section
40312 \begin_layout Standard
40313 The float placement options are described in section
40314 \begin_inset space ~
40318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40320 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40327 \begin_layout Section
40331 \begin_layout Standard
40332 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40333 The itemize environment is described in section
40334 \begin_inset space ~
40338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40340 reference "sec:Itemize"
40347 \begin_layout Section
40351 \begin_layout Standard
40352 Branches are described in section
40353 \begin_inset space ~
40357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40359 reference "sec:Branches"
40366 \begin_layout Section
40371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40381 \begin_layout Standard
40382 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40383 to define LaTeX-commands.
40384 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40385 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40389 \begin_layout Standard
40390 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40391 \begin_inset space ~
40395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40397 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40404 \begin_layout Chapter
40410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40412 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40417 \begin_inset Index idx
40420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40429 \begin_layout Standard
40430 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40432 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40436 It has the following submenus.
40439 \begin_layout Section
40443 \begin_layout Subsection
40447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40448 User Interface File
40449 \begin_inset Index idx
40452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40453 Customization ! of toolbars
40459 \begin_inset Index idx
40462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40463 Customization ! of menus
40471 \begin_layout Standard
40472 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40480 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40489 \begin_layout Standard
40490 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40491 interface (ui) file.
40492 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40493 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40502 Both files are loaded by the
40507 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40508 files and edit the entries.
40511 \begin_layout Standard
40512 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40524 entries must be ended with an explicit
40549 and in the case of the
40550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40562 The syntax for the entries is:
40565 \begin_layout Standard
40566 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40594 \begin_layout Standard
40596 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40599 All LyX-functions are listed in
40600 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40609 \begin_layout Standard
40610 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40616 \begin_layout Standard
40617 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40619 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40622 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40626 \begin_layout Standard
40627 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40651 \begin_layout Standard
40653 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40656 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40659 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40663 \begin_layout Standard
40666 Enable tool tips in main work area
40668 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40676 \begin_layout Standard
40680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40684 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40687 restoring of window layout and geometries
40689 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40690 in the last LyX session.
40693 \begin_layout Standard
40696 Restore cursor positions
40698 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40702 \begin_layout Standard
40705 Load opened files from last session
40707 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40714 name "sub:Backup documents"
40719 \begin_inset Index idx
40722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40731 \begin_layout Standard
40736 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40739 \begin_layout Standard
40744 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40747 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40749 \begin_inset space ~
40757 \begin_layout Standard
40760 Open documents in tabs
40762 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40766 \begin_layout Subsection
40768 \begin_inset Index idx
40771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40780 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40787 \begin_layout Standard
40788 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40791 \begin_layout Standard
40792 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40800 This section only deals with the fonts
40805 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40808 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40809 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40820 \begin_layout Standard
40821 By default, LyX uses
40825 as roman (serif) font,
40833 (depends on the system) as
40836 \begin_inset space ~
40852 \begin_layout Standard
40853 You can change the font size with the
40858 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40859 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40862 \begin_layout Standard
40867 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40868 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40873 points have the size of 1
40874 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40878 \begin_inset space ~
40882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40884 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40891 \begin_layout Standard
40896 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40897 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40901 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40902 \begin_inset space ~
40906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40908 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40915 \begin_layout Standard
40918 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40920 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40921 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40922 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40923 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40925 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40926 \begin_inset space ~
40932 \begin_layout Subsection
40934 \begin_inset Index idx
40937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40944 \begin_inset Index idx
40947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40956 \begin_layout Standard
40957 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
40958 Choose an item in the list and use the
40965 \begin_layout Subsection
40967 \begin_inset Index idx
40970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40979 \begin_layout Standard
40980 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40983 \begin_layout Standard
40988 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40989 This feature is described in section
40990 \begin_inset space ~
40994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40996 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41003 \begin_layout Standard
41007 \begin_inset space ~
41011 \begin_inset space ~
41015 \begin_inset space ~
41020 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41023 \begin_layout Section
41025 \begin_inset Index idx
41028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41037 \begin_layout Subsection
41041 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41045 \begin_layout Standard
41048 Cursor follows scrollbar
41050 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41054 \begin_layout Standard
41057 Sort environments alphabetically
41059 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41062 \begin_layout Standard
41065 Group environments by their category
41067 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41070 \begin_layout Standard
41071 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41087 \begin_layout Standard
41088 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41093 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41094 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41098 \begin_layout Subsection
41100 \begin_inset Index idx
41103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41110 \begin_inset Index idx
41113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41114 Settings ! Shortcuts
41122 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41126 \begin_layout Standard
41127 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41128 Several binding files are available:
41131 \begin_layout Description
41132 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41135 \begin_layout Description
41136 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41147 \begin_layout Description
41148 mac.bind set of bindings for
41151 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41159 \begin_layout Standard
41160 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41164 , and bind files for special languages.
41165 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41170 \begin_inset space \space{}
41174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41182 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41186 \begin_layout Standard
41187 Some bind-files, like
41191 , have only a small scope.
41192 When looking at the the end of the file
41196 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41199 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41203 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41208 \begin_inset Index idx
41211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41212 Key Bindings ! Editing
41220 \begin_layout Standard
41221 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41222 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41223 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41226 Show key-bindings containing
41229 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41230 Insert there for example as keyword
41231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41238 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41248 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41249 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41253 that you will find in the
41260 \begin_layout Standard
41262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41266 \begin_inset space \space{}
41277 , select the function and press the
41282 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41283 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41284 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41285 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41286 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41288 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41290 The binding for the function
41294 is an example of this.
41297 \begin_layout Standard
41298 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41300 The syntax of the entries is:
41303 \begin_layout Standard
41309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41327 \begin_layout Subsection
41329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41339 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41344 \begin_inset Index idx
41347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41354 \begin_inset Index idx
41357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41358 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41366 \begin_layout Standard
41367 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41368 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41374 \begin_inset space \space{}
41377 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41378 can use the keyboard map file named
41385 \begin_layout Standard
41386 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41394 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41402 \begin_layout Standard
41403 Besides this, you can specify here the
41405 Wheel scrolling speed
41408 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41412 \begin_layout Subsection
41414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41416 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41421 \begin_inset Index idx
41424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41433 \begin_layout Standard
41434 Input completion is described in sec.
41435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41441 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41446 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41448 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41449 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41453 \begin_layout Section
41455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41462 \begin_inset Index idx
41465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41472 \begin_inset Index idx
41475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41484 \begin_layout Description
41486 \begin_inset space ~
41489 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41490 It is the default when you
41501 \begin_inset space ~
41509 \begin_layout Description
41511 \begin_inset space ~
41514 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41516 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41518 \begin_inset space ~
41522 \begin_inset space ~
41530 \begin_layout Description
41532 \begin_inset space ~
41535 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41541 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41545 \begin_inset Newline newline
41549 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41561 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41569 \begin_layout Description
41571 \begin_inset space ~
41575 \begin_inset Index idx
41578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41584 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41585 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41586 \begin_inset space ~
41590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41592 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41600 will be used to save the backups.
41601 \begin_inset Newline newline
41604 The backup files have the ending
41605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41615 \begin_layout Description
41620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41627 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41628 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41629 \begin_inset Newline newline
41633 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41641 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41649 \begin_layout Description
41651 \begin_inset space ~
41654 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41657 \begin_layout Description
41659 \begin_inset space ~
41662 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41663 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41664 to find it on the system.
41665 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41666 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41672 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41675 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41676 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41680 \begin_layout Section
41684 \begin_layout Standard
41685 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41686 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41688 \begin_inset space ~
41692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41694 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41698 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41701 \begin_layout Section
41703 \begin_inset Index idx
41706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41707 Language ! Settings
41713 \begin_inset Index idx
41716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41717 Settings ! Language
41725 \begin_layout Subsection
41729 \begin_layout Description
41731 \begin_inset space ~
41735 \begin_inset space ~
41738 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41739 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41740 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41741 You find the actual translation status here:
41742 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41744 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41745 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41752 \begin_layout Description
41754 \begin_inset space ~
41757 language is the language used in new documents
41760 \begin_layout Description
41762 \begin_inset space ~
41765 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41767 The default is the LaTeX-command
41773 that loads the package
41781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41782 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41783 \begin_inset space ~
41787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41789 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41799 \begin_inset Newline newline
41806 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41807 to the document language.
41808 A text label is, for instance, the word
41809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41816 at the beginning of every table caption.
41819 \begin_layout Description
41821 \begin_inset space ~
41824 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41825 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41826 An example is the start command
41832 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41837 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41852 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41857 \begin_layout Description
41859 \begin_inset space ~
41867 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41868 command toggles the package on and off.
41871 \begin_layout Description
41873 \begin_inset space ~
41883 \begin_layout Description
41884 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41885 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41886 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41887 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41894 \begin_layout Description
41896 \begin_inset space ~
41899 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41901 When this option is not set, the
41904 \begin_inset space ~
41909 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41910 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41913 \begin_inset space ~
41921 \begin_layout Description
41923 \begin_inset space ~
41929 \begin_inset space ~
41935 When it is not set, the
41938 \begin_inset space ~
41943 is set to the end of the document.
41946 \begin_layout Description
41948 \begin_inset space ~
41952 \begin_inset space ~
41955 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41956 language will be underlined blue.
41959 \begin_layout Description
41961 \begin_inset space ~
41965 \begin_inset space ~
41968 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41969 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41972 \begin_layout Description
41974 \begin_inset space ~
41977 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41978 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41979 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41980 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41983 \begin_layout Subsection
41987 \begin_layout Standard
41988 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41989 \begin_inset space ~
41993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41995 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42002 \begin_layout Section
42006 \begin_layout Subsection
42008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42015 \begin_inset Index idx
42018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42025 \begin_inset Index idx
42028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42037 \begin_layout Description
42039 \begin_inset space ~
42042 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42043 The name will be used when the
42048 \begin_inset Newline newline
42052 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42060 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42068 \begin_layout Description
42070 \begin_inset space ~
42074 \begin_inset space ~
42078 \begin_inset space ~
42081 printer This option works only for the
42086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42098 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42099 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42102 \begin_layout Description
42104 \begin_inset space ~
42107 command is the command LyX
42108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42115 LaTeX uses for printing.
42116 The default is on most systems
42123 \begin_layout Description
42125 \begin_inset space ~
42129 \begin_inset space ~
42132 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42133 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42134 of the program that provides the
42141 \begin_layout Subsection
42143 \begin_inset Index idx
42146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42153 \begin_inset Index idx
42156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42157 Settings ! Date format
42165 \begin_layout Standard
42166 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42167 \begin_inset Newline newline
42171 \begin_inset Flex URL
42174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42176 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42182 \begin_inset Newline newline
42185 For example the format
42186 \begin_inset Newline newline
42190 \begin_inset Newline newline
42193 prints the date as day/month/year.
42196 \begin_layout Subsection
42200 \begin_layout Description
42202 \begin_inset space ~
42206 \begin_inset space ~
42209 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42212 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42213 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42215 \begin_inset space ~
42221 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42225 \begin_layout Description
42227 \begin_inset space ~
42230 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42235 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42236 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42239 \begin_layout Subsection
42244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42254 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42259 \begin_inset Index idx
42262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42271 \begin_layout Description
42276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42284 \begin_inset space ~
42287 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42292 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42314 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42327 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42328 LyX sets up in the background.
42329 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42332 \begin_layout Description
42334 \begin_inset space ~
42338 \begin_inset space ~
42341 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42346 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42349 \begin_layout Standard
42350 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42351 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42352 manuals of the applications.
42353 Currently the following commands can be set:
42356 \begin_layout Description
42361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42369 \begin_inset space ~
42372 command Command for the program
42376 that is described in the section
42382 Additional Features
42387 \begin_layout Description
42392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42400 \begin_inset space ~
42403 command Command for the program
42407 that generates the bibliography, see section
42408 \begin_inset space ~
42412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42414 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42421 \begin_layout Description
42423 \begin_inset space ~
42426 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42427 \begin_inset space ~
42431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42433 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42440 \begin_layout Description
42442 \begin_inset space ~
42445 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42446 \begin_inset space ~
42450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42452 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42459 \begin_layout Description
42461 \begin_inset space ~
42465 \begin_inset space ~
42469 \begin_inset space ~
42473 \begin_inset space ~
42476 options They only have an effect when the program
42480 is used as DVI-viewer.
42483 \begin_layout Standard
42484 There are additionally the following options:
42487 \begin_layout Description
42489 \begin_inset space ~
42493 \begin_inset space ~
42497 \begin_inset space ~
42501 \begin_inset space ~
42505 \begin_inset space ~
42508 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42526 to separate folders.
42527 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42528 \begin_inset Index idx
42531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42538 \begin_inset Index idx
42541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42550 \begin_layout Description
42552 \begin_inset space ~
42556 \begin_inset space ~
42560 \begin_inset space ~
42564 \begin_inset space ~
42568 \begin_inset space ~
42572 \begin_inset space ~
42575 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42577 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42580 dialog when changing the document class.
42583 \begin_layout Section
42585 \begin_inset space ~
42589 \begin_inset Index idx
42592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42601 \begin_layout Subsection
42603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42605 name "sub:Converters"
42610 \begin_inset Index idx
42613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42622 \begin_layout Standard
42623 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42624 from one format to another.
42625 You can modify them or create new ones.
42626 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42633 \begin_inset space ~
42643 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42647 \begin_inset space ~
42652 drop-down list, modify the
42656 field, and press the
42663 \begin_layout Standard
42666 Converter File Cache
42668 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42671 Maximum Age (in days
42674 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42675 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42678 \begin_layout Standard
42679 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42680 the converter definition, is described in the section
42691 \begin_layout Subsection
42693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42695 name "sec:File-Formats"
42700 \begin_inset Index idx
42703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42710 \begin_inset Index idx
42713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42722 \begin_layout Standard
42723 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42724 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42728 \begin_layout Standard
42729 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42730 is described in the section
42741 \begin_layout Standard
42742 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42743 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42744 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42745 This is done by specifying a
42750 More about this is described in the section
42761 \begin_layout Chapter
42762 Units available in LyX
42763 \begin_inset Index idx
42766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42775 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42782 \begin_layout Standard
42783 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42786 reference "cap:Units"
42790 explains all units available in LyX.
42793 \begin_layout Standard
42794 \begin_inset Float table
42800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42801 \begin_inset Caption
42803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42819 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42827 \begin_inset Tabular
42828 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42829 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42830 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42831 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42927 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42955 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42959 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42982 scaled point (65536
42983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42987 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43043 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43098 % of original image width
43105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43312 \begin_layout Chapter
43314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43323 \begin_layout Standard
43324 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43325 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43328 \begin_layout Itemize
43331 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43334 \begin_layout Itemize
43340 \begin_layout Itemize
43346 \begin_layout Itemize
43352 \begin_layout Itemize
43358 \begin_layout Itemize
43364 \begin_layout Itemize
43370 \begin_layout Itemize
43376 \begin_layout Itemize
43379 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43382 \begin_layout Itemize
43388 \begin_layout Itemize
43394 \begin_layout Itemize
43400 \begin_layout Itemize
43406 \begin_layout Itemize
43412 \begin_layout Itemize
43418 \begin_layout Itemize
43424 \begin_layout Itemize
43430 \begin_layout Itemize
43432 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43441 \begin_layout Standard
43442 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43445 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43452 \begin_layout Bibliography
43453 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43454 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43455 LatexCommand bibitem
43462 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43465 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43470 \begin_inset Newline newline
43474 \begin_inset Flex URL
43477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43479 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43487 \begin_layout Bibliography
43488 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43489 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43490 LatexCommand bibitem
43491 key "latexcompanion"
43495 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43497 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43500 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43503 \begin_layout Bibliography
43504 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43505 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43506 LatexCommand bibitem
43511 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43514 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43517 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43520 \begin_layout Bibliography
43521 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43522 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43523 LatexCommand bibitem
43530 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43533 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43536 \begin_layout Bibliography
43537 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43538 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43539 LatexCommand bibitem
43551 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43554 \begin_layout Bibliography
43555 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43556 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43557 LatexCommand bibitem
43563 \begin_inset Newline newline
43567 \begin_inset Flex URL
43570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43572 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43580 \begin_layout Bibliography
43581 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43582 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43583 LatexCommand bibitem
43589 \begin_inset Newline newline
43593 \begin_inset Flex URL
43596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43598 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43606 \begin_layout Bibliography
43607 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43608 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43609 LatexCommand bibitem
43615 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43617 name "Documentation"
43618 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43627 \begin_inset Newline newline
43631 \begin_inset Flex URL
43634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43636 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43644 \begin_layout Bibliography
43645 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43646 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43647 LatexCommand bibitem
43653 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43655 name "Documentation"
43656 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43660 how to use the program
43665 \begin_inset Newline newline
43669 \begin_inset Flex URL
43672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43674 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43682 \begin_layout Bibliography
43683 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43684 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43685 LatexCommand bibitem
43691 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43693 name "Documentation"
43694 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43703 \begin_inset Newline newline
43707 \begin_inset Flex URL
43710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43712 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43720 \begin_layout Bibliography
43721 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43722 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43723 LatexCommand bibitem
43729 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43731 name "Documentation"
43732 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43741 \begin_inset Newline newline
43745 \begin_inset Flex URL
43748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43750 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43758 \begin_layout Bibliography
43759 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43760 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43761 LatexCommand bibitem
43767 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43769 name "Documentation"
43770 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43774 of the LaTeX-package
43779 \begin_inset Index idx
43782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43783 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43789 \begin_inset Newline newline
43793 \begin_inset Flex URL
43796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43798 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43806 \begin_layout Bibliography
43807 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43808 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43809 LatexCommand bibitem
43815 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43817 name "Documentation"
43818 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43822 of the LaTeX-package
43827 \begin_inset Index idx
43830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43831 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43837 \begin_inset Newline newline
43841 \begin_inset Flex URL
43844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43846 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43854 \begin_layout Bibliography
43855 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43856 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43857 LatexCommand bibitem
43865 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43867 name "Documentation"
43868 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43874 of the LaTeX-package
43879 \begin_inset Index idx
43882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43883 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43889 \begin_inset Newline newline
43893 \begin_inset Flex URL
43896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43898 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43906 \begin_layout Bibliography
43907 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43908 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43909 LatexCommand bibitem
43915 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43917 name "Documentation"
43918 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43922 of the LaTeX-package
43927 \begin_inset Index idx
43930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43931 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43937 \begin_inset Newline newline
43941 \begin_inset Flex URL
43944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43946 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43954 \begin_layout Bibliography
43955 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43956 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43957 LatexCommand bibitem
43963 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43965 name "Documentation"
43966 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43970 of the LaTeX-package
43975 \begin_inset Index idx
43978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43979 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43985 \begin_inset Newline newline
43989 \begin_inset Flex URL
43992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43994 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44002 \begin_layout Bibliography
44003 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44004 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44005 LatexCommand bibitem
44011 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44013 name "Documentation"
44014 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44018 of the LaTeX-package
44023 \begin_inset Index idx
44026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44027 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44033 \begin_inset Newline newline
44037 \begin_inset Flex URL
44040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44042 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44050 \begin_layout Bibliography
44051 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44052 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44053 LatexCommand bibitem
44059 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44062 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44066 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44067 \begin_inset Newline newline
44071 \begin_inset Flex URL
44074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44076 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44084 \begin_layout Bibliography
44085 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44086 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44087 LatexCommand bibitem
44093 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44096 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44100 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44101 \begin_inset Newline newline
44105 \begin_inset Flex URL
44108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44110 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44118 \begin_layout Bibliography
44119 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44120 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44121 LatexCommand bibitem
44127 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44130 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44134 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44135 \begin_inset Newline newline
44139 \begin_inset Flex URL
44142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44144 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44152 \begin_layout Bibliography
44153 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44154 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44155 LatexCommand bibitem
44161 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44164 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44168 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44169 \begin_inset Newline newline
44173 \begin_inset Flex URL
44176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44178 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44186 \begin_layout Bibliography
44187 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44188 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44189 LatexCommand bibitem
44195 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44198 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44202 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44203 \begin_inset Newline newline
44207 \begin_inset Flex URL
44210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44212 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44220 \begin_layout Bibliography
44221 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44222 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44223 LatexCommand bibitem
44229 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44232 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44236 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44237 \begin_inset Newline newline
44241 \begin_inset Flex URL
44244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44246 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44254 \begin_layout Bibliography
44255 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44256 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44257 LatexCommand bibitem
44263 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44266 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44270 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44271 \begin_inset Newline newline
44275 \begin_inset Flex URL
44278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44280 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44288 \begin_layout Bibliography
44289 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44290 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44291 LatexCommand bibitem
44297 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44300 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44304 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44305 \begin_inset Newline newline
44309 \begin_inset Flex URL
44312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44314 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44322 \begin_layout Bibliography
44323 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44324 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44325 LatexCommand bibitem
44331 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44334 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44338 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44339 \begin_inset Newline newline
44343 \begin_inset Flex URL
44346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44348 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44356 \begin_layout Bibliography
44357 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44358 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44359 LatexCommand bibitem
44365 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44368 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44372 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44373 \begin_inset Newline newline
44377 \begin_inset Flex URL
44380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44382 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44390 \begin_layout Bibliography
44391 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44392 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44393 LatexCommand bibitem
44399 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44402 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44406 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44407 \begin_inset Newline newline
44411 \begin_inset Flex URL
44414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44416 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44424 \begin_layout Bibliography
44425 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44426 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44427 LatexCommand bibitem
44433 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44436 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44440 about new features in
44445 \begin_inset Newline newline
44449 \begin_inset Flex URL
44452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44454 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44462 \begin_layout Standard
44463 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44497 \begin_inset Note Note
44500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44507 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44508 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44509 bibliography is the second one:
44517 \begin_layout Standard
44518 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44519 LatexCommand bibtex
44520 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44521 options "biblio/alphadin"
44528 \begin_layout Standard
44529 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44532 \begin_layout Standard
44533 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44534 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44540 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44541 LatexCommand printindex